Unit 8 Out and about

Period 43: Mệnh đề quan hệ A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the relative clauses.. -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the relative clauses more c[r]

HOC KY II : 2016 Day preparing :8/3/2016 Day of teaching:9/3/2016 LESSON 1: MỆNH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ I-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss writes example use and , because , so …… III-New lesson A.Lý thuyết.I Relative pronouns Chữ đứng trước Chức Chủ ngữ ( Subject ) Tân ngữ ( Object) Sở hữu (Possessive ) Chỉ người Chỉ vật WHO WHOM WHOSE WHICH WHICH OF WHICH (Whose) WHO: người, thay cho chủ ngữ, (thay cho he, she, it, they hay danh từ) Ex: I saw the woman She wrote the book S (người)  who wrote the book  I saw the woman who wrote the book WHOM: người, làm tân ngữ, (thay cho him, her, it, them hay danh từ) Ex: I know the man You want to meet him O (người) whom you want to meet  I know the man whom you want to meet WHICH: vật, làm chủ ngữ hay tân ngữ, thay cho it, them, they, danh từ) Ex: The pencil is mine The pencil is on the desk S (vật)  which is on the desk  The pencil which is on the desk is mine WHOSE … sở hữu vật/ người, thay cho his, her, there, the…of… Ex: The girl is my sister You took the girl’s picture whose picture you took  The girl whose picture you took is my sister THAT: người/ vật .chủ ngữ/ tân ngữ, không thay danh từ riêng, thay danh từ chung/ so sánh WHERE nơi chốn, thay cho there/ here/ in that place Ex: Monday is the day We will come then (thời gian)  when we will come  Monday is the day when we will come WHEN thời gian, thay cho then, in/ at that time, on that day, Ex: I never forget the village I was born there (nơi chốn)  where I was born  I never forget the village where I was born Note: who, which, whose sau danh từ riêng có dấu phẩy * Eg: Monday is the day We will come then " Monday is the day when we will come I never forget the village I was born there " I never forget the village where I was born B Bài tập Kết hợp câu sau dùng đại từ quan hệ Alice is my friend Alice’s mother died last year 2.The boy will be punished He threw that stone Ann is very friendly She lives next door 4.The man is a famous actor You met him at the party last night 5.There are some words They are very difficult to translate 6.I was looking for a book this morning I’ve found it now 7.Is that the car? You want to buy it 8.Sandra works in advertising You were talking to her 9.The little girl ate sweets the whole way She sat next to me on the coach 10.Lan is a journalist Her tape recorder was stolen Keys 1.Alice, whose mother died last year, is my friend 2.The boy who threw that stone will punished Ann, who lives next door, is very friendly 4.The man who/ that you met at the party last night is a famous actor 5.There are some words that/ which are very difficult to translate 6.I’ve found the book that/which I was looking for this morning 7.Is that the car that/ which you want to buy? 8.Sandra, who you were talking to, works inadvertising 9.The little girl who/ that sat next to me on the coach ate sweets the whole way 10.Lan, whose tape recorder was stolen, is a journalist Day preparing :8/3/2016 Day of teaching:12/3/2016 LESSON 3-4 : BÀI TẬP VỀ MỆNH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ I-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss writes example use relative clause III-New lesson She is the most intelligent woman I’ve ever met this woman This doctor is famous You visited him yesterday These children are orphans She is taking care of these children The two young men are not good persons You are acquainted with them My father goes swimming everyday You met him this morning The man is my father I respect this man most The man is my father I respect his opinion most Mary and Margaret are twins You met them yesterday I’ll introduce you to the man His support is necessary for your project 10 The middle-aged man is the director My father is talking to him 11 The boy is my cousin You make fun of him 12 The student is from china He sits next to me 13 I thanked the woman This woman had helped me 14 The professor is excellent I am taking his course 15 Mr Smith said he was too busy to speak to me I had come to see him 16 I saw a lot of people and horses They went to market 17 Tom has three sisters All of them are married 18 I recently went back to Paris It is still as beautiful as a pearl 19 I recently went back to Paris I was born in Paris nearly 50 years ago 20 Do you know the music? It is being played on the radio KEY TO EXERCISES ON RELATIVE CLAUSES She is the most intelligent woman whom I’ve ever met 2.This doctor whom you visited yesterday is famous These children whom she is taking care of are orphans The two young men whom you are acquainted with are not good persons My father whom you met this morning goes swimming everyday The man whom I respect most is my father The man whose opinion I respect most is my father Mary and Margaret whom you met yesterday are twins I’ll introduce you to the man whose support is necessary for your project 10 The middle-aged man is the director whom my father is talking to 11 The boy whom you make fun of is my cousin 12 The student who sits next to me is from China 13 I thanked the woman who had helped me 14 The professor whose course I am taking is excellent 15 Mr Smith, who I had come to see, said he was too busy to speak to me 16 I saw a lot of people and horses that went to the market 17 Tom has three sisters, all of whom are married 18 I recently went back to Paris, which is still as beautiful as a pearl 19 I recently went back to Paris, in which I was born nearly 50 years ago 20.Do you know the music which is being played on the radio EXPERIENCES : Day preparing :14/3/2016 Day of teaching:18/3/2016 LESSON 5-6 : CONNECTIVES +PHRASAL VERBS MAKE SUGGESTIONS I-The aims : -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss writes example use relative III NEW LESSON 1.CONNECTIVES (từ nối – liên từ) * AND (và): dùng để nối hai từ hai mệnh đề có cùng giá trị Eừx: Lan likes cats and dogs * BUT (nhưng) : dùng để nối hai câu có nghĩa trái ngược Ex: They have a lot of money, but they’re not very happy * SO (vì thế, vì vậy): dùng mệnh đề kết Nó đứng trước mệnh đề mà nó giới thiệu Ex: He’s ill so he stays at home * THEREFORE (vì thế) : dùng thay cho SO tiếng Anh trang trọng Ex: The weather was too bad, our plan, therefore, had been changed * HOWEVER (tuy nhiênt) đứng trước theo sau mệnh đề mà nó giới thiệu nó sau từ cụm từ đầu tiên Ex: I will offer my cat to Hoa However, he may not like it * BECAUSE (bởi vì) dùng để lý Ex: She didn’t go to the zoo because she was ill Note: Chúng ta có thể dùng “because of” thay vì “ because” …… because + S + V ………because of + noun (phrase) Ex: I was late because of the traffic jam (kẹt xek) * OR (hay làh, là) Ex: Is your girl tall or short II Phrasal verbs: Trong Tiếng Anh, có số động từ gồm có hai nhiều hai yếu tố động từ sau + turn on something: bật + turn off something: tắt, đóng + put on something: mang vào, mặc vào + take off something: cởi + carry on / go on + V-ing: tiếp tục làm gì + look for someone/something: tìm kiếm / cái gì + look after someone/something: chăm sóc / cái gì + bring about something: mang lại cái gì + put out something: dập tắt (lửa/thuốc)  Lưu ý: Các đại từ làm tân ngữ là: it, him, her, them thường đặt vào động từ và trạng từ hay giới từ Eg: + No one is watching the television Turrn it off Đối với look for/ look after Eg: + We are looking for a flat to hire III Making suggestions Suggest + V-ing Eg: + I suggest going to the cinema * Lưu ý: Khi dùng cấu trúc SUGGEST + V-ing, nghị để người nghe làm gì thì chúng ta phải chuyển đại từ thành tính từ sở hữu sau: Pronouns Me Him Her It Possessives My His Her Its Pronouns You Us Them Possessives Your Our Their Eg: + We suggest his taking a rest + He suggested my flying to New York to see him Suggest + (that) + S + should + V(bare-inf) Eg: + I suggest we should save money + He suggest we shouldn’t go there Suggest + that + S + V (bare-inf) Nếu chúng ta không dùng should thì động từ mệnh đề sau SUGGEST giữ nguyên mẫu, không chia cho tất các ngôi Eg: + I suggest we jog every day + I suggest she jog every day + I suggest he not watch TV too much EXPERIENCES : Day preparing :14/3/2016 Day of teaching:19/3/2016 LESSON 7-8 : EXERCISES I-The aims: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss writes example use connectives + suggestions III NEW LESSON BT : Use AND, SO , BUT, HOWEVER, OR, SO, THEREFORE to complete the sentences a They are pretty _ intelligent b Do you live in the city _ in the country? c She was poor _ she was honest d There are people without homes, jobs or family BT : Use AND, SO, ALTHOUGH, BUT, BECAUSE or HOWEVER to join the following sentences a She isn’t English…………………., she speak English fluently b She went home ……………… she was tired c She can speak French ………………….she can’t write it d He work hard………………… he passed all his exam e She can speak English ………… she can’t write it f I’m learning Japanese……………….I like it g We haven’t got a dishwasher…………… We haven’t got a microwave oven h I haven’t got a car……………….I’ve got a motorbike * Bài tập nâng cao BT : Use AND, BUT, BECAUSE and SO to connect each half- sentence in column A with one half- sentence in column B You can write more than six sentences A B a Ann studied every subject very A she was not happy with her hard… results b Hoa was offered a vocation in B… she is not interested in the Singapore… subject in grade c Quynh could go to upperC… she won her school’s Best secondary school without Student Prize this year talking the entrance D …her parents did not let her go examination… to the beach with them d Van Anh was very good at E .her teacher of Vietnamese was Vietnamese in grade 8… very happy e Mai tried her best… F she failed the final exam last f Trang worked hard on year Vietnamese * Make suggestions: -suggest + V-ing a collect unused clothes I suggest collecting unused clothes b organize a show to raise money I suggest organizing a show to raise money -S+ suggest + that +S + should… a buy a good dictionary I suggest that you should buy a good dictionary b speak English in class I suggest that you should speak English in class BT Making suggestions for the following situations Your friend wants to save energy Make suggestions using the following ideas a Turn lights off when you leave the room b Avoid putting hot food into the fridge c Turn electronics ( computers, televisions, stereos, etc.) off when they are not in use d Don’t leave the bridge door open longer than necessary e Run the dishwasher / washing machine only when it’s full Your friend wants to save water Make suggestions using the following ideas a Repair dripping faucets b Check for toilet tank leaks c Take shorter showers d Turn the water off while brushing your teeth e EXPERIENCES : Day preparing :23/3/2016 Day of teaching:24/3/2016 LESSON 9-10 : ADVERB CLAUSES OF CONCESSION I-The aims: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss writes example use connectives + suggestions III NEW LESSON A-Theory Adverbial clause of concession :(mệnh đề nhượng bộ) Mệnh đề nhượng bắt đầu bằng: though, although, even though, despite, in spite of - Although, even though, though: Although even though + clause though Ex: Although it rained heavily, they went out with their friends - Despite and in spite of: Despite in spite of + noun phrase Ex: Despite his poverty, he succeeded in his life B-Exercies EX1: Choose the best answer What activities you want to in at school? a.taking part b taken part c take part d.took part He is and generous man.He is known for his generosity a.well b good c better d.best Passover is celebrated in Israel and by all people a.English b Vietnamese c Japanese d.Jewish he likes chocolate ,he tries not to eat it a As b Though c Since d.Despite My friends come to stay us Christmas a.to/at b with/in c with/at d.to/in I’m very proud my father a.in b of c off d.to the birthday Nam’s mother he made her a big cake a.on/of b at/of c to/of d.on/to 8.All the sts wanted to take part ………………………the discussion a.at b.on c.in d.for 9.A: Congratulations on your winning B:…………………………… a.you’re welcome b.No,thanks c.That’s very kind you d.Yes, of course 10.He is a very intelligent boy , …………… he is very lazy a.but b.and c.or d.so 11…………I moved house, I haven’t had much contact with those friends a.though b.since b.because of d.so that 12.Last night we came to the show late the traffic was terrible a.although b.despite c.and d.because EX2:Combine these sentences using: though, although, even though a Lion dancing is very popular in Viet Nam My friend Anny does not enjoy it b Bob always walks to work He is living in the city c My house is near the beach I rarely go swimming d My brother is working in Ha Noi He comes home on every public holiday e Paul is an Australian, he enjoys Vietnamese New year f Most children go to see the firework show, Linh and Mai stay home watching TV g Nick used to smoke He seems to be in good health h I couldn’t sleep I was tired i Henry’s friend is a millionaire He hates spending money j We couldn’t get tickets We queued for an hour EX3: Rewrite the sentences, beginning with the words in parentheses a She has plenty of money, but she is very mean ( although) b They have a car, but they rarely use it ( though) c He was innocent, but he was sent to prison.( although) d He has a number of relatives living nearby, but he never visits them (even though) e She never takes any kind of exercise, but she is quite fit and healthy (even though) f.The keyboard wasn’t working well She tried to finish the letter ( although ) g.I got very wet in the rain I had an umbrella ( but ) h.his is the house My father likes it very much ( relative ) i.’m learning French I like learning French (and) j.You can’t speak to Tim at the moment He sleeping (so) k.Nobody would recognise him He wore glasses and false breard (so that) l.Simon couldn’t come to the meeting He was busy (therefore) m.The forecast said it would rain It turned out to be a beautiful day (although) n.I’m no better I’ve taken the bill (even though) Day preparing :23/3/2016 Day of teaching:26/3/2016 LESSON 11-12: PREPOSITIONS I-The aims: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss writes example use adverb clauses of concession III NEW LESSON Giới từ (preposition) là từ dùng để nối danh từ (noun) đại từ (pronoun) với thành phần khác câu - He goes to school every day - I usually get up at six o’clock - He’s been waiting for her since early morning [A] : Một số giới từ thời gian thông dụng (Some common prepositions of time) * AT : Ta dùng at với điểm thời gian (times) at o’clock at 11.45 at midnight at noon at lunchtime - Tom usually leaves work at o’clock Ta dùng at thành ngữ sau: At night - I don’t like going out at night At the weekend / at weekends - Will you be here at the weekend? At Christmas / at Easter - We give each other presents at Christmas At the moment / at present - Mr Benn is busy at the moment At the same time - Ann and I arrived at the same time At the age of… - Tom left school at the age of 16 / at 16 * ON : Ta dùng on với ngày tuần (days) và ngày tháng (dates) on March 12th on Friday on Christmas Day - They got married on March 12th Ta cuõng coù theå noùi : on Friday morning(s) on Sunday afternoon(s) on Saturday night(s) on the morning of the fifth … - I usually go out on Sunday evenings * IN : Ta dùng in với khoảng thời gian dài : tháng (months), năm (years), muøa (seasons): in April in 1968 in (the) winter th in the 18 century in the 1970s in the Middle Ages Ta cuõng coù theå noùi : in the morning(s) in the afternoon(s) in the evening(s) - I’ll see you in the morning.(nhöng I’ll see you on Friday morning.) Ta không dùng at / on / in trước last và next: - I’ll see you next Friday - They got married last March Nếu sau in là khoảng thời gian thì thời gian đó tương lai: - The train will leave in a few minutes (= a few minutes from now) - Jack’s gone away He’ll be back in a week (= a week from now.) - They are getting married in six months that armchair It’s broken.(nhöng Don’t sit on that chair.) * delighted / pleased / satisfied / disappointed WITH something : - I was pleased with the present you gave me - Were you disappointed with your examination results? * bored / fed up WITH something : - You get bored with doing the same thing every day * surprised / shocked / amazed / astonished AT / BY something - Everybody was very surprised at the news * excited / worried / upset ABOUT something : - Are you excited about going on holiday next week ? - Ann is upset about not being invited to the party * afraid / frightened / terrified / scared OF someone / something : - “Are you afraid of dogs ?” – “Yes, I’m terrified of them.” * proud / ashamed OF someone / something : - I’m not ashamed of what I did In fact I’m quite proud of it.” * good / bad / excellent / brilliant / hopeless AT (doing) something : - I’m good at repairing things * sorry ABOUT something : - I’m sorry about the noise last night We were having a party Nhöng : sorry FOR doing something : - I’m sorry for shouting at you yesterday Nhưng cách nói này thì dùng thường : I’m sorry I … - I’m sorry I shouted at you yesterday * (feel / be) sorry FOR someone : - I feel sorry for George He’s got no friends and no money * impressed BY / WITH something : - I wasn’t very impressed by the film * famous FOR something : - Florence is famous for its art treasures * different FROM (or TO) someone / something : - The film was quite different from what I expected * interested IN something : - Are you interested in art and architecture? * fond OF someone / something : - Mary is very fond of animals She has three cats and two dogs Tuy nhiên, có vài tính từ mà theo sau chúng là giới từ khác và nghóa cuûa chuùng cuõng khaùc nhau: - Swimming is good for health (Bơi lội có lợi cho sức khoẻ ) - Jack is good at Japanese (Jack gioûi tieáng Nhaät) - Mary is very good with her hands (Mary raát kheùo tay) - Mr Brown is good to all of us (ông Brown tử tế với tất chúng tôi) EXERCISE I : Put in the correct prepositions: at, on or in 1/ The course begins January and ends 10 March 2/ I went to bed midnight and got up _ 6.30 the next morning 3/ Mozart was born Salzburg 1756 4/ There are usually a lot of parties New Year’s Eve 5/ Mary and Henry always go out for a meal _ their wedding anniversary 6/ The price of electricity is going up October 7/ I might not be at home the morning Can you phone the afternoon ? 8/ Tom doesn’t see his parents very often these days – usually only Christmas and sometimes the summer for a few days 9/ Tom’s grandfather died 1977 the age of 79 10/ I’m going out to some shopping I’ll be back half an hour Day preparing :29/3/2016 Day of teaching:30/3/2016 LESSON 13-14: CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 1-2  I-The aims: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss writes example use prepositions III NEW LESSON Câu điều kiện tiếng anh là gì? Câu điều kiện dùng để nêu lên giả thiết việc, mà việc đó có thể xảy điều kiện nói đến xảy Câu điều kiện gồm có hai phần (hai mệnh đề): Mệnh đề nêu lên điều kiện (còn gọi là mệnh đề IF) là mệnh đề phụ hay mệnh đề điều kiện  Mệnh đề nêu lên kết là mệnh đề chính Ví dụ: If it rains – I will stay at home Mệnh đề điều kiện – mệnh đề chính (Nếu trời mưa – tôi nhà.) Cấu trúc loại câu điều kiện tiếng anh và cách sử dụng ĐÚNG NHẤT Cấu trúc câu điều kiện loại Câu điều kiện loại diễn tả hành động, kiện luôn luôn đúng, kiểu chân lý Cấu trúc- Công thức câu điều kiện loại 0: If+ S+V, S+V Ví dụ: If you heat ice, it melts- Nếu ta làm nóng đá, nó tan chảy Cấu trúc câu điều kiện loại I Câu điều kiện loại còn gọi là câu điều kiện có thực Ta dùng câu điều kiện loại I để đặt điều kiện có thể thực và nêu kết có thể xảy Cấu trúc – Công thức- Mẫu câu điều kiện loại I : If+ S+V, S+will+V Nói cách khác, câu điều kiện loại 1, mệnh đề IF dùng thì đơn, mệnh đề chính dùng thì tương lai đơn Ví dụ: If you come into my garden, my dog will bite you (Nếu anh bước vào vườn tôi, chó tôi cắn anh.) If it is sunny, I will go fishing (Nếu trời nắng tốt, tôi câu cá.) Cấu trúc câu điều kiện loại II Câu điều kiện loại là câu điều kiện không có thực Ta sử dụng câu điều kiện loại II để diễn tả điều không thể xảy tương lai, là giả thiết, ước muốn trái ngược với thực trạng Cấu trúc – Công thức , mẫu câu điều kiện loại II : If+S+Ved, S+would+ V Chú ý câu điều kiện loại II, mệnh đề “IF” riêng động từ “to be” thì dùng “were” cho tất các ngôi Ví dụ: If I were a bird, I would be very happy (Nếu tôi là chim, tôi hạnh phúc.) <= tôi không thể là chim If I had a million USD, I would buy that car (Nếu tôi có triệu đô la, tôi mua xe đó.) <= tôi khôn Bài tập 2: câu điều kiện loại 1) If we (to send) an invitation, our friends (to come) to our party 2) He (not/to understand) you if you (to whisper) 3) They (not/to survive) in the desert if they (not/to take) extra water with them 4) If you (to press) CTRL + s, you (to save) the file 5) You (to cross) the Channel if you (to fly) from Paris to London 6) Fred (to answer) the phone if his wife (to have) a bath 7) If Claire (to wear) this dress at the party, our guests (not/to stay) any longer 8) If I (to touch) this snake, my girlfriend (not/to scream) 9) She (to forget) to pick you up if you (not/to phone) her 10) I (to remember) you if you (to give) me a photo send/will come will not understand/whisper will not survive/do not take press/will save will cross/fly will answer/has wears/will not stay touch/will not scream will forget/do not phone 10 will remember/give Bài tập 2: Câu điều kiện loại 1) If you (to help) your grandma, I (to do) the shopping 2) Andrew (to water) the flowers if he (to stay) at home 3) If she (to have) pounds more, she (to buy) herself this T-shirt 4) If they (to offer) me the job, I (to take) it 5) You (to have) summer holidays from June till August if you (to live) in the USA 6) We (to sell) the bike for 20 Euros if Ron (to repair) it 7) If you (to use) a pencil, the drawing (to be) perfect 8) The children (to be) happy if he (to teach) them English 9) If Ireen (to visit) us, we (to go) out tonight 10) They (to come) again if he (to plan) a second stay * 1) If you helped your grandma, I would the shopping 2) Andrew would water the flowers if he stayed at home 3) If she had pounds more, she would buy herself this T-shirt 4) If they offered me the job, I would take it 5) You would have summer holidays from June till August if you lived in the USA 6) We would sell the bike for 20 Euros if Ron repaired it 7) If you used a pencil, the drawing would be perfect 8) The children would be happy if he taught them English 9) If Ireen visited us, we would go out tonight 10) They would come again if he planned a second stay Day preparing :29/3/2016 Day of teaching:2/4/2016 LESSON 15-16: CONDITIONAL SENTENCES +EXERCISES I-The aims: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss writes example use conditional sentences III NEW LESSON Bài tập Bài tập 1: Hoàn thành các câu sau với các các từ ngoặc câu điều kiện loại 1) If we meet at 9:30, we (to have) plenty of time 2) Lisa would find the milk if she (to look) in the fridge 3) If you spoke louder, your classmates (to understand) you 4) Dan (to arrive) safe if he drove slowly 5) If you (to swim) in this lake, you'll shiver from cold 6) The door will unlock if you (to press) the green button 7) I (to call) the office if I was/were you.\ * 1) will have 2) looked 3) would understand 4) would arrive 5) swim 6) press 7) would call Bài tập 2.Chia động từ ngoặc 1.If you ( go) away, please write to me If he (eat) another cake, he will be sick I ( not ) that if I (be) you If he (take) my advice, everything can go well He never does homework If he ( do) his homework, he (not worry) about his exam 9.What you (do) if she refuses your invitation? 10 If today (be) Sunday, we (go) to the beach 11 Unless they (pass) their examinations, they would join the army 12 You (be) ill if you drink that water 13 If Tom (go) to bed earlier, he would not be so tired 15 If it’s raining heavily, we (not go) for a donkey ride 16 If he (try) hard, he’ll pass the examination 17 I could understand the French teacher if she (speak) more slowly 19 If I (finish) the work in time, I ( go) to the football game 20 If you( see) Mary today, please ( ask) her to call me B.Viết lại câu sau cho nghĩa câu không thay đổi That man doesn’t work hard.He can’t earn more money 2.I don’t tell him the answer because he is from home My friend and I don’t have enough money , so we will not buy a house of our own The weather isn’t better now, so we can’t go for a walk I don’t know his address, and I don’t give it to you 6.He does not work slowly enough, so he makes many mistakes I am not sent to prison She doesn’t visit me I don’t win a big prize in a lottery, so I don’t give up my job The doctor can’t see many patients because he is so late 10 We don’t visit them in Hanoi because tickets are expensive Keys go eats wouldn’t do/ were 5.takes did/ wouldn’t worry will ….do 10 were /would go 11.passed 12 will be 13.went 14 would have written 15.won’t go 16 tries 17 spoke 19 finish/ will go 20 see / ask Day preparing :6/4/2016 Day of teaching:8/4/2016 LESSON 17-18: TEST +EXERCISES I-The aims: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II.CONTENT I VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR Exercise 1: Choose one correct answer to complete the following sentences Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently A typhoon B cyclone C minority D dry We often our house with colorful flowers on New Year's Day A design B create C decorate D arrange Mr Green's of humour distinguishes him from others A feeling B sense C temper D hobby My brother has to go to work it is raining very hard A even though B despite C however D so This greeting card is from a friend used to study with me in primary school A which B who C whom D whose We visited the church was built in the 18th century A who B whom C which D whose The lady is a famous writer you met at the party last night A who B whom C which D whose A tropical storm that reaches 120 km per hour is called in north and south America A typhoon B hurricane C cyclone D volcano Writing: Task 1: Rewrite the following sentences using relative clauses We stayed at the Cau Vong hotel Nam recommended it to us The man was very kind I talked to him yesterday All of us are waiting for the woman Her son was lost The man is my new neighbor We met him yesterday Jane works for a company It makes shoes She is the woman Her sister looks after the baby for us Task 2: Rewrite the following sentences using "although/ even though/ though" It was raining, but I went swimming Lan was ill She still came to the meeting It was raining heavily They went out with their friends He went to bed He didn’t finish his lessons Task3: Rewrite these sentences with the same meanings: The storm destroyed the town completely The town………………………………………………………………………… Thai failed the exam because of his laziness -> Because Thai………………………………………………………………… You forgot to turn off the lights last nights, didn’t you? -> You didn’t…………………………………………………………………… That girl used to work with us when we lived in Thailand -> That’s……………………………………………………………………………… Day preparing :6/4/2016 Day of teaching:9/4/2016 LESSON 19-20: TEST +EXERCISES I-The aims: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II.CONTENT I -Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentenses 1.A disastrous volcanic eruption happened in the Philipines ……… 1991 A on B in C at D since “I passed the entrance exam into Le Hong Phong School” “ ” A Good luck B Congratulations C How well D Thank goodness “Shall we have a coffee?” “ I have to go” A Sorry I can’t B Not at all C Good idea D With pleasure It’s very nice you to say so A in B on C of D at Passover is celebrated in Israel by all people A.English B.Vietnamese C Japanese D Jewish We think that Mother’s Day should be celebrated _ A nationwide B nationality C nation D.nationhood Auld Lang Syne is a song is sung on New Year’s Eve A which B who C whom D whose A tropical storm which reaches 120 meters per hour is called a in North and South America A typhoon B cyclone C hurricane D tornado 0 Hue will have temperatures 23 C and 27 C A at B between C in D with 10 The men and animals _ you saw on TV were from China A who B whom C which D that 11 The car she has just bought is very modern A which B who C whom D.whose We are saving money we want to buy a new house A so B because C But D and 13 My Father has to go towork it is raining hard A though B but C because D and 14.She doesn’t know the man sent her this letter A which B who C whom D whose 15.I’m very that Iwill go to Dalat tomorrow A excited B excite C excitedly D exciting 16 Hurricane Andrew through southern Florida in August 1992 A sweep B swept C to sweep D sweeping 17 I live in Da Lat, .is one of the most beautiful cities of Vietnam A who B which C whom D whose th 18 We are going to our 50 wedding anniversary A to celebrate B celebrated C celebrating D celebrate 19 He didn't have much money, he bought a lot of things at the shop for Tet A but B or C and D so 20 Tet is a which occurs in late January or early February A holiday B celebration C festival D party II.Read the passage then answer the questions: In the United States, Mother’s Day is celebrated on the second Sunday in May On this occasion, mother usually receives greeting cards and gifts from her husband and children The best gift of all for an American Mom is a day of leisure The majority of American mothers have outside jobs as well as housework ,so their working days are often very hard The working mother enjoys the traditional Mother’s day custom of breakfast cooked by her family and served to her on a tray in bed Later in that day, it’s also traditional for the extended family group to get together for dinner either in a restaurant or in one of their homes Questions: 1.When American people celebrate Mother’s Day? →…………………………………………………………………………………… 2.What kind of gifts does the mother often get from her family members? →…………………………………………………………………………………… 3.Where the family members have their dinner party on this occasion? →…………………………………………………………………………………… III-Rewrite the sentenses Hoa went to visit her grandmother She worked all day ( even though ) ……………………………………………………………………………………… Hawaii is a favorite vacation pot It consists of principal islands.(relative pronoun ) ……………………………………………………………………………………… It rained hard My father went to work ( though ) ………………………………………………………………………………… They have known Mr Allen He is a famous writer (relative pronoun ) ………………………………………………………………………… He has an awful stomachache He has to go to the doctor (because) …………………………………………………………………………………… 6.Tet is a festival Tet occurs in late January or early February (relative pronoun ) ………………………………………………………………………………… EXERCISES I.Use the verbs in brackets into the present simple tense (HTĐ) I often (get)……… up at 6.00 a.m He (wash)…………… clothes every weekend The sun (rise)………… in the East and (set)……… in the West Mary (think)…………… her brother (not be)…………… lazy How you (go)……… to school everyday ? II) Use the verbs in brackets into the present perfect tense (HTHT) 1This is the first time he (drive)…………………this car 2.I (not see)…………………Lan since last month 3.Jane (buy)……………… this dress for week, but she (not wear)……………… it yet 4.How long you (be)……………there ? 5.It’s the best food I (ever/try)…………………… III Put the verbs in brackets into the past simple tense (QKĐ) 1.I (study)……………Art when I (be)…………at primary school 2.Why he (leave)…………… the party soon last night ? 3.They (spend)…………their last vacation in HCM city 4.Nam (move)……………to HN 10 years ago 5.She (start)……………to teach English in 2000 ? IV Use the verbs in brackets into the past continuous tense (QKTD) 1.What you (do)……………at 8p.m yesterday ? 2.Last Sunday, while I (read)…………………a book, the phone rang 3.When she arrived, we (have)……………………dinner 4.I (sit)……………… while Nick (watch)………………… TV 5.You (cook)………………when she called ? Day preparing :13/4/2016 Day of teaching:15/4/2016 LESSON 21-22: CACH PHAT AM S-ES-ED + EXERCISES I-The aims: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II.CONTENT Cách phát âm- s, -es , -ed Lý mình muốn tổng hợp cách phát âm các đuôi này(s, es, ed) là thành lập dạng số nhiều danh từ, hay chia động từ (ở thì đơn và quá khứ đơn ) còn hay lẫn lộn cách phát âm Mình đã rút số cách dễ để nhớ , bạn nào còn chưa rõ phần này thì đọc tham khảo nhá đề thi ĐH có vài câu loại này đúng ko ) I Với động từ chia thì đơn( thêm-s ,-es ) và dạng số nhiều - Phần lớn động từ chia thì này thì ta thêm-s ( với ngôi thứ số ít ) ví dụ : find -> finds ; look > looks - Những động từ kết thúc bằng- ss,-s,-ch,-sh,- x,-z ,- o thì chia ta thêm -es( ngôi thứ số ít ) Ví dụ : watch -> watches brush -> brushes fix -> fixes miss -> misses *Cách phát âm đuôi- s ,-es động từ đã chia( vd trên ) và từ dạng số nhiều - Nếu từ kết thúc bằng- s, -ss,- ch,- sh,- x,-z( hoặc-ze),- o,- ge,- ce thì ta phát âm là /iz/( i dờ ) vd: changes/ iz/ ; practices/ iz/ ( cách viết khác là : practise - phát âm tương tự ) ; buzzes/iz/ , recognizes /iz/ - Nếu từ kết thúc bằng-p,-k,- t,- f thì phát âm là /s/( xờ) cooks /s/ ; stops / s/ Lưu ý : ' laugh ' phiên âm là : [la: f ] nên chia : laughs đọc là /s/ ( từ đặc biệt cần nhớ) - Những từ còn lại phát âm là /z/ ( dờ ) plays /z/ stands /z/ vv II Cách phát âm đuôi -ed ( động từ chia thời quá khứ đơn , có qui tắc ) - Đọc là /t/( tờ ) động từ kết thúc : - ch,-p,- f,-s,-k,- th,-sh vd : watched /t/ cooked/ t/ vvv - Đọc là /id/ ( i đờ- đọc nhanh thành 'ít' hoặc' ịt' ) động từ kết thúc là- t ,-d wanted /id/ decided /id/ - Những từ còn lại đọc là/d/ ( đờ ) played /d/ Exercise 1: Rerwite the following sentences that keep the same meaning You should take the train instead of the bus -> If I'm sure that someone forgot to lock the door > Someone must They bought this house ten years ago > They have The course finished with a big party > At the end We invited a pop star onto the chat show, but he didn't turn up > The pop star Although she said that she would come, I don't think she ever will —> Despite The plane had hardly left the airport when the accident happened > No sooner You feel tired now because you didn't sleep very well last night -> Had When did you start the project? —> How long 10 Their wedding will be held in a lovely church > The church Exercise 2: Rerwite the following sentences that keep the same meaning My father used to play football when he was young —> My father doesn't Jane gave me a present on my last birthday —> I was "Let's go swimming" —> She suggests "Would you like a cup of coffee?" —> He .5 We got lost in the jungle because we didn't have a map —> If we had I last saw Bob when I was in Ho Chi Minh City —> I haven't seen It is a three-hour drive from Hanoi to Namdinh —> It takes It's a pity you didn't tell us about this —> I wish They think the owner of the house is abroad —> The owner 10 The children couldn't go swimming because the sea was very rough —> The sea was too EXERCISES If I were you, I'd take the train instead of the bus Someone must have forgotten to lock the door They have had/ owned this house for ten years At the end of the course, there was a big party The pop star that/ who/ whom we invited onto the chatshow didn't turn up Despite her saying that she would come, I don't think she ever will No sooner had the plane left the airport than the accident happened Had you slept well last night, you wouldn't feel tired now How long is it since you started the project ? 10 The church where their wedding will be held is lovely EXERCISES My father doesn't play football anymore I was given a present on my last birthday She suggests going swimming He invited me a cup of tea If we had had a map, I wouldn't got lost in the jungle I haven't seen Bob since I was in Ho Chi Minh City It takes three hours to drive from Hanoi to Namdinh I wish you had told us about it The owner of the house is thought to be abroad 10 The sea was too rough for the children to go swimming Day preparing :21/4/2016 Day of teaching:22/4/2016 LESSON 23-24: TRANSFORMATION WRITTING + EXERCISES I-The aims: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II.CONTENT Exercise : Rerwite the following sentences that keep the same meaning It isn't necessary to finish the work to day -> You don't Sally finally managed to get a job > Sally finally succeeded If you don't rest yourself you really will be ill —> Unless "Would you mind not smoking in here?" I'd rather He wrote the letter in two hours -> It took "Why don't we go out for a walk?" My father suggested "Will you be visiting the Taj Mahal when you go to India?" he asked Elizabeth He asked 8.If you not try hard, you can't pass the examination Unless You should take the train instead of the bus -> If 10 last saw Bob when I was in Ho Chi Minh City I haven't seen 11.It is a three-hour drive from Hanoi to Namdinh It takes 12 It's a pity you didn't tell us about this I wish 13 English id easy to learn It 14 Don't leave the lights on all night, you will waste electricity - If 15 " If you don't rest yourself you really will be ill — > Unless 16 It was an interesting film -> What KEY You don't have to finish the work today Sally finally succeeded in getting a job Unless you rest yourself you really will be ill I'd rather you didn't smoke in here It took him hours to write the letter My father suggested we should go out for a while He asked Elizabeth if she would be visiting the Taj Mahal when she went Unless you try hard, you can't pass the examination If I were you, I'd take the train instead of the bus .10 haven't seen Bob since I was in Ho Chi Minh City 11 It takes three hours to drive from Hanoi to Namdinh 12 wish you had told us about it 13 It is easy to learn English 14 If you leave the lights on all night, you will waste electricity 15 Unless you rest yourself you really will be ill 16.What an interesting film (it was)! Day preparing :21/4/2016 Day of teaching:23/4/2016 LESSON 25-26: TEST + EXERCISES I Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others (1pt) A garbage B standard C solar D lunar A raised B picked C laughed D watched II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) I’m learning English _I want to get a good job after school A although B so C but D because Let’s about my problem A talk B talking C to talk D talked If we go throwing trast , the environment will be polluted A in B on C at D among He laughed when he was watching “Tom and Jerry” on TV A happily B happy C happiness D unhappy She was sick yesterday, _she was absent from school A since B so C because D but That’s wonderful I’m pleased _you are working hard A that B with C what D where What are you looking ? My picture book I’ve lost it A on B off C in D for If you want to save money, you should the amount of water your family uses A increase B reduce C adapt D repair III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) Unless you study harder, you ( not pass ) the final exam She suggests (take) the bus to school He (do ) exercises yesterday .I (live ) in Ho Chi Minh City for 13 years IV Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) Electricity is the most common form of energy today In the modern world, electricity is very available at the touch of a switch Electricity has many uses The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting In factories, electricity is used to light up the work place It is also used to operate air conditioners, computers and many other machines Electricity is also used to power the many appliances that we have in our homes such as appliances include television sets, computers, electric fans, irons and many others The list is simply endless Modern man will most probably be lost without electricity Is electricity the most common form of energy today? What is the most common use of electricity? What people use electricity for at home? How would our life be if there were no electricity? V Rewrite these sentences(3pt) Alice is my friend Alice’s mother died last year.( relative clause ) ® “I will go to Hue tomorrow”.?”(Reported speech ) ®Mr Chi Said ……………………….……………… They have a car they rarely use it ( Although ) ® I Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others (1pt) 1.A A II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) D A B A 5.B 6.A 8.B III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) won’t pass/ will not pass taking did have lived IV Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) 7.D Yes, it is The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting (We use electricity for) TV sets, computers, electric fans, iron, and many other appliances at home Modern man would most probably be lost/ Our life would be lost (if there were no electricity) V Rewrite these sentences(3pt) 1.Alice whose mother died last year is my friend Mrs Chi said she would go to Hue the next day / the following day Although they have a car they rarely use it KHẢO SÁT CHẤT LƯỢNG GIỮA KỲ II MÔN ANH Năm học : 2014-2015 Full name Class Number : 02 Time : 45 minutes I Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others (1pt) 1A energy B generous C category D suggest A celebrate B plumber C bulb D blanket II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) I’m learning English _I want to get a good job after school A although B so C but D because Let’s about my problem A talk B talking C to talk D talked If we go throwing trast , the environment will be polluted A in B on C at D among He laughed when he was watching “Tom and Jerry” on TV A happily B happy C happiness D unhappy She was sick yesterday, _she was absent from school A since B so C because D but That’s wonderful I’m pleased _you are working hard A that B with C what D where What are you looking ? My picture book I’ve lost it A on B off C in D for If you want to save money, you should the amount of water your family uses A increase B reduce C adapt D repair III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) Unless you study harder, you ( not pass ) the final exam He suggests (take) the bus to school She (do) .her homework everyday She (live) in HaNoi Since 1988 IV Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) Electricity is the most common form of energy today In the modern world, electricity is very available at the touch of a switch Electricity has many uses The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting In factories, electricity is used to light up the work place It is also used to operate air conditioners, computers and many other machines Electricity is also used to power the many appliances that we have in our homes such as appliances include television sets, computers, electric fans, irons and many others The list is simply endless Modern man will most probably be lost without electricity Is electricity the most common form of energy today? What is the most common use of electricity? What people use electricity for at home? 4.How would our life be if there were no electricity? V Rewrite these sentences(3pt) Alice is my friend Alice’s mother died last year.( relative clause ) ® “I live in the country ” Mr Tuan said (Reported speech ) ®Mr Tuan Said ……………………….……………… I couldn't sleep.I was tired ( Although ) ® HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ANH Number : 01 I Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others (1pt) 1.A A II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) D A B A 5.B 6.A 8.B 7.D III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) won’t pass/ will not pass taking did have lived IV Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) Yes, it is The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting (We use electricity for) TV sets, computers, electric fans, iron, and many other appliances at home Modern man would most probably be lost/ Our life would be lost (if there were no electricity) V Rewrite these sentences(3pt) 1.Alice whose mother died last year is my friend Mrs Chi said she would go to Hue the next day / the following day Although they have a car they rarely use it ĐỀ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ II Môn: Tiếng Anh - Năm học: 2009 – 2010 Thời gian: 45 phút (Không kể thời gian giao đề) Số phách: (Đề kiểm tra này gồm 02 trang, học sinh làm bài trực tiếp vào đề) I – Choose the best option: (12 0,25 = 3,0 pts) It is a great………………that you weren’t concerned much about the environment around us A pity B sorrow C complain D sadness ………………he had no money for a bus, he had to walk all the way home A For B Thus C So D As If you can give me one good reason for your acting like this, ………………this incident again A I don’t mention B I’ll never mention C I never mention D Will I never mention Bill Gate, ………………is the president of Microsoft Company, is a billionaire A who B whom C that D whose C would D were I wish this exam………………easier A is B will be We haven’t seen Hoa………………two months A until B since C for D before After arriving home, they usually………………their uniforms A take out B take off C put out He has worked………………than his workmates D put off A more careful B as carefully C carefullier D more carefully You have never been to Ha Long, ………………? A have you B haven’t you C you have D you haven’t 10 I have to be present at eight o’clock and so……………… A are you B have you C you D you 11 Tung has a big………………of foreign coins A collector B collection C collecting D collective 12 The party, at………………I was the guest honor, was extremely enjoyable A which B that C who D where II Read the text carefully, then answer the questions: (6 0, = 3,0 pts) Floods are the most common and widespread of all natural disasters Most communities can experience some kind of flooding after pouring rains, heavy thunderstorms or winter snow thaws Floods can be slow or fast rising but generally develop over a period of days Dam failures are Học sinh không viết vào đây Học sinh không viết vào đây polentially the worst flood events When a dam fails, a gigantic quantity of water is suddenly let loose downstream, destroying anything in its path Flood waters can be extremely dangerous The force of six inches of swiftly moving water can knock people off their feet The best protection during a flood is to leave the area and go to shelter on higher ground Flash floods usually result from intense storms dropping large amounts of rain within a brief period Flash floods occur with little or no warning and can reach full peak in only a few minutes Flash flood waters move at very fast speeds and can roll boulders, tear out trees, destroy buildings, and bridges Walls of water can reach heights of 10 to 20 feet and generally are accompanied by a deadly cargo of debris The best response to any signs of flash flooding is to move immediately and quickly to higher ground What causes a flood? -> ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……… What happens when a dam fails? -> ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……… Are flood waters dangerous? -> ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……… What is a flash flood? -> ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……… What kind of damage flash floods do? -> ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……… What can we to keep ourselves safe from floods or flash floods? -> ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……… III Combine the following sentences by using who, that, which, where or whose: (4 0,5=2 pts) Lan has some tests Her health hasn’t been good recently Look at the girl She is wearing a blue dress That is the picture of his town He grew up in that town The storm caused a lot of damage Nobody had been expecting the storm Rewrite these sentences with the same meanings: The storm destroyed the town completely The town………………………………………………………………………… Thai failed the exam because of his laziness -> Because Thai………………………………………………………………… You forgot to turn off the lights last nights, didn’t you? -> You didn’t…………………………………………………………………… That girl used to work with us when we lived in Thailand -> That’s……………………………………………………………………………… ĐÁP ÁN VÀ BIỂU ĐIỂM CHẤM BÀI HỌC KỲ II MÔN: TIẾNG ANH LỚP NĂM HỌC: 2009 - 2010 I – Choose the best option: (12 0,25 = 3,0 pts) - A - D - B - A - B - D - A 10 - C II Read the text carefully, then answer the questions: (6 - D 11 - B - 12 - A 0, = 3,0 pts) A flood is often caused by pouring rains, heavy thunderstorms, winter snow thaws or dam failures When a dam fails, a gigantic quantity of water is suddenly let loose downstream, destroying anything in its path Yes, they are Flash floods usually result from intense storms dropping large amounts of rain within a brief period They can roll boulders, tear out trees, destroy buildings, and bridges The best protection during a flood or flash flood is to move to higher ground III Combine the following sentences by using who, that, which, where or whose: (4 0,5 = pts) Lan, whose health hasn’t been good recently, has some tests Look at the girl who is wearing a blue dress That is the picture of his town where he grew up The storm, which nobody had been expecting the storm, caused a lot of damage IV Rewrite these sentences with the same meanings: (4 0,5 = 2,0 pts) The town was destroyed completely by the storm Because Thai was lazy, he failed the exam You didn’t remember to turn off the lights last night, did you? That’s the girl who used to work with us when we lived in Thailand The end C Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others (1pt) A garbage B standard C solar D lunar A raised B picked C laughed D watched A energy B generous C category D suggest A celebrate B plumber C bulb D blanket II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) I’m learning English _I want to get a good job after school A although B so C but D because Let’s about my problem A talk B talking C to talk D talked If we go throwing trast , the environment will be polluted A in B on C at D among He laughed when he was watching “Tom and Jerry” on TV A happily B happy C happiness D unhappy She was sick yesterday, _she was absent from school A since B so C because D but That’s a wonderful I’m pleased _you are working hard A that B with C what D where What are you looking ? My picture book I’ve lost it A on B off C in D for If you want to save money, you should the amount of water your family uses A increase B reduce C adapt D repair III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) Unless you study harder, you ( not pass ) the final exam He suggests (take) the bus to school She never (eat) this kind of this food before We are looking forward to ( hear) from you IV Give the correct form of these words(1pt) We ( POLLUTE) must learn about keeping our environment I am very ( WORRY ) because they use electricity to catch fish The gas from chemical factory is extremely (HARM) (FOREST ) is now a serious problem in Viet Nam V Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) Electricity is the most common form of energy today In the modern world, electricity is very available at the touch of a switch Electricity has many uses The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting In factories, electricity is used to light up the work place It is also used to operate air conditioners, computers and many other machines Electricity is also used to power the many appliances that we have in our homes such as appliances include television sets, computers, electric fans, irons and many others The list is simply endless Modern man will most probably be lost without electricity Is electricity the most common form of energy today? What is the most common use of electricity? What people use electricity for at home? How would our life be if there were no electricity? VI Rewrite these sentences(1pt) 1.Let’s meet inside the center, at the cafe’s corner I suggest 2.Keeping the environment clean is very important It’s 3.If someone doesn’t put the coal in, the fire will go out Unless 4.Why don’t you plant some trees around your house to get more fresh air? How about VII Today, pollution is really a serious problem for our life please write a short paragraph ( 50 – 60 words ) about what we have to to protect our environment ( 1pt) ………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………… PHÒNG GD & ĐT VIỆT YÊN HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐỀ KHẢO SÁT CHẤT LƯỢNG GIỮA HỌC KÌ II NĂM HỌC 2014-2015 MÔN THI: TIẾNG ANH - LỚP Thời gian làm bài: 45 phút I Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others(1pt) 1.A 2.A 3.C 4.B II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) D A B A 5.B 6.A 7.D 8.B III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) won’t pass/ will not pass taking has .eaten/ has never eaten hearing IV Give the correct form of these words(1pt) 1.unpolluted 2.worried 3.harmful 4.Deforestation V Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) Yes, it is The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting (We use electricity for) TV sets, computers, electric fans, iron, and many other appliances at home Modern man would most probably be lost/ Our life would be lost (if there were no electricity) VI Rewrite these sentences(1pt) 1.I suggest meeting inside the center, at the cafe’s corner / I suggest (that) we (should) meet inside the center, at the cafe’s corner 2.It’s very important to keep the environment clean 3.Unless someone puts the coal in, the fire will go out 4.How about planting some trees around your house to get more fresh air? VII (1m) Nội dung: (0,5 pt) - Đúng chủ đề, đúng cấu trúc đoạn văn: Topic sentence, Supporting ideas, Concluding sentence - Logic, hợp lý, có liên kết các phần Ngôn ngữ, trình bày: (0,5 pt) - Đúng ngữ pháp, từ vựng phong phú - Có sáng tạo, viết sẽ, có ý tưởng còn số lỗi sai ngữ pháp Trừ điểm: - 04 lỗi từ vựng, chính tả, : trừ 0,25 - 02 lỗi ngữ pháp, cấu trúc: trừ 0,25 - Viết ít số từ quy định: trừ 0,25 Trên đây là hướng dẫn chấm Nếu học sinh làm theo cách khác mà đúng thì cho điểm Planning date :28/4/2015 Teaching date:29/4/2015 PERIOD : 39-40 : TEST They don’t use this kind ……….…….cloths to make skirts A in B on C to D of How often you play Chinese Chess? - ……….…… A One a week B Once a week C One one week D Once time a week This handbook gives us……….…….information about ASEAN countries A add B addition C additional D additionally I wish you……….…….all the exams A pass B passed C passes D will pass Jane isn’t a Buddish, and Peter isn’t, ……….…… A so B to C either D neither When I was small, I used to……….…….a lot A cry B cries C crying D cried ……….…….you……….…….breakfast yet? - Yes, I had it at 6.30 A Did…have B Do…have C Have…had D Will…have ……….…….uniforms encourages Ss to be proud of their school A Wear B Wears C Wearing D Wore The boy said that he……….…….a snake in the kitchen A see B saw C seeing D seen 10 Khoa’s grandfather gets used to……….…….newspapers in the morning A read B reads C to read D reading II There is one mistake in each sentence Underline and correct it: (10 0,25 = 2,5 mk) I used to be having lunch at 11.30 ->…………………… My parents encouraged me taking part in the contest ->…………………… We haven’t seen our formteacher since two years ->……………………… Jeans are made about 200 years ago, and now they are sold everywhere.>……………….…… Trang wishes she can go with her family to the mountain next Sunday ->…………………… I used to writing to Lan, but now I communcates through the Internet ->…………………… Sales of jeans went up and the shopkeepers got a lots of money ->……………………… In order to keeping our environment clean and green, a lot of trees should be planted ………… Neil Armstrong walked on the moon on 1969 ->……………………… 10 The teacher asked me sing an English song III Read the first sentences, then write the second ones with the same meanings: (5 0, = 2,5 mk) We used computers to design new models Computers ………………………………………………… ………………………………… How long have you studied English? -> When……………………… ………………………………………………………………….? We can’t go to the concert tonighWe wish…………………………………………………………………………………… … “Sit down and open your book!” , said the teacher to us -> The teacher told……………………………………………………………………………… Tu last wrote to his penpals three months ago  Tu hasn’t ……………………………………………………………………………………… IV Read the text carefully, then answer the questions below: (5 0,5 = 2,5 mk) When you want to book a flight to a certain place, visit your nearest travel agent Tell the travel agent the date when you want to travel and the destination to which you want to go The travel agent will then type this information into a small computer After checking everything on the computer screen, he/she will send this information to a central computer This central computer contains all information about bookings and destinations, and sends a reply, showing which are the most suitable flights It also shows whether the flights are fully booked or not The information which is now shown on the small computer screen is continually changing as other bookings are made in other parts of the world The travel agent now types in your booking Then the computer will ask for your name and address as well as for certain other information It will also ask how you will pay for your ticket (by cheque or by credit card) Next, the computer confirms the booking and makes a request for payment When you have paid for your ticket, the travel agent types this information into the computer as well Finally, some computers print out a ticket before you leave the travel agent’s Where should we go when we want to book a flight? -> ………… ………………………………………………… ………………………………… When does the travel agent send our information to a central computer? -> ………… ………………………………………………… ………………………………… What does the central computer contain? -> ………… ………………………………………………… ………………………………… Why is the information in the computer continually changing? -> ………… ………………………………………………… ………………………………… What will the computer ask for to confirm the booking? -> ………… ………………………………………………… ………………………………… LESSON 21,22 :CÂU TRỰC TIẾP – GIÁN TIẾP 2015 WEEK Date of tea: 20/ 4/2015 Period 65 33 : CONSOLIDATION Lý THUYẾT TENSE S * Present perfect tense(Thì hoàn thành T) - Use :- Dùng để miêu tả hành động xảy quá khứ kết còn lưu đến - Dùng để miêu tả hành động vừa xảy (ta dùng với JUSTt) - Dùng để miêu tả hành động hoàn tất sớm mong đợi (ta dùng với ALREADY) Ex: I have already finished this work - Dùng để miêu tả hành động từ trước đến chưa không xảy (ta dùng với EVER –NEVERt) Ex: Have you ever been to Hue? I have never gone - Dùng để miêu tả hành động đã xảy ratrong quá khứ tính đến đã xảy bao lâu (dùng FOR) đã xảy từ lúc nào (dùng SINCE) * For : Chỉ thời gian kéo dài bao lâu.C Ex: You have studied English for years * Since: thời gian lúc nào t Ex: She has studied English since 2010 II/ CLAUSES : 1- WISH CLAUSE: Mệnh đề WISH Đây là câu ao ước, hoàn toàn không có thật Vì động từ không theo đúng thì nó Trong chương trình lớp có các dạng câu ước sau: Present Past Future Ex : -  S + V-ed / V2 (simple past)  Past subjunctive: Be dùng WERE cho các ngôi S + had + V-ed / V3 (past participle) S + would / should / could + V (infinitive) I wish I spoke English fluently We wish my mother had been here with us last year He wishes he would come to my party 2- ADVERB CLAUSES OF RESULT : Mệnh đề trạng ngữ kết S + V + so + adjective / Adverb + that + S + V Ex: The soup tastes so good that everyone will ask for more 3- ADVERB CLAUSES OF REASON (Mệnh đề trạng ngữ lý M) - Mệnh đề này thường giới thiệu “because”, “as” , “since” chúng có nghĩa là “vì” Ex: The flight to New York was cancelled because the fog got thicker 4- ADVERB CLAUSES OF COCESSION : Mệnh đề trạng ngữ nhượng Although / Though / Even though + S + V + (complement – bổ ngữ) Ex: Although he had a bad cold , he went to class 5-IF CLAUSE (Mệnh đề If M) : Mệnh đề IF còn gọi là Mệnh đề điều kiện Mệnh đề trạng ngữ điều kiện (Adverbial Clause of condition) If clause Main clause Example Simple present Simple present If I have free time, I always play soccer Simple present Simple future If it rains, I’ll stay at home Simple past Would/Could/Might + V If I had a lot of money, I would buy a car Past perfect Would/ Could / Might + If I had been in HN, I would have visited have +V3/Ved you Note: + Conditional sentences ( Type 1) - Một số biến thể mệnh đề chính ta thường gặp: If + simple present + may/might/can/ Ex: If the rain gets heavier, our date may be cancelled - Một số biến thể mệnh đề if ta thường gặp: If + present continuous + simple future Ex: If you are staying for a week, we will get you a better room + Conditional sentences ( Type 2) - Biến thể mệnh đề chính: Dạng điều kiện tiếp diễn có thể dùng thay dạng điều kiện đơn: Ex: My older sister is spending her holidays in Da Lat If I had a chance, I might be staying there a week - Dạng biến thể mệnh đề if: Thay vì dùng thì quá khứ đơn, ta có thể dùng thì quá khứ tiếp diễn quá khứ hoàn thành Ex: If he had studied harder, he could get high position in this company Experiences …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… ………………………………… Date of pre: 19 /4/2015 Date of tea: 22/ 4/2015 Period 66 : CONSOLIDATION I ADJECTIVE + THAT CLAUSE Mệnh đề danh từ sau tính từ S + be + adjective past partiple + that + noun clause Ex : I am happy that you had a new car Note: Mệnh đề danh từ có thể dùng sau số tính từ như: AFRAID,GLAD,SORRY, SURE,EAGER,ANXIOUS,HAPPY,PLEASE,ANNOYED, PROUD, II RELATIVE CLAUSE Mệnh đề quan hệ a Defining relative clause : Mệnh đề quan hệ hạn định Chủ từ ( Subject) Tân ngữ ( Object) Sở hữu (possessive) Chỉ người Who Whom / Who Whose That That Chỉ vật Which Which Whose That That Of which * Relative pronoun: (Đại từ quan hệ) : - WHO: là đại từ quan hệ người, thay cho danh từ đứng trước nó Làm chủ ngữ mệnh đề tính ngữừ Ex: My friend, Tuan, is very handsome Tuan can sing folk song very well => My friend, Tuan,who is very handsome can sing folk song very well => My friend, Tuan, who can sing folk song very well is very handsome - WHOM:là đại từ quan hệ người,t hay cho danh từ đứng trước , làm tân ngữ mệnh đề tính ngữừ Ex: The old lady to whom I spoke is my grandmother - WHOSE: Là đại từ quan hệ sở hữu Nó thay cho danh từ người và vậtL Ex: The film is about a poor-girl Her boy friend leaves her to marry a rich woman - WHICH: Dùng thay cho cụm danh từ đồ vật, vị trí chủ ngữ và bổ ngữ Ex: Auld Lang Syne is a song Auld Lang Syne is sung on New Year’s Eve => Auld Lang Syne is a song which is sung on New Year’s Eve - THAT : Dùng thay cho WHOD /WHICH * Relative adverb (Trạng từ quan hệ T) - WHEN: Có thể dùng để thay “on which” “in which” C (dùng để thời gian) Ex: The month when (in which) I was born - WHERE: Có thể thay cho “at which” “in which” (dùng để nơi chốn) Ex: The resort where I enjoyed b Non-defining relative clauses : Mệnh đề quan hệ không hạn định Chủ từ ( Subject) Tân ngữ ( Object) Sở hữu (possessive) Dùng người Who Whom / Who Whose That That Dùng vật Which Which Whose That That Of which Mệnh đề quan hệ không hạn định đặt sau danh từ xác định, vì mệnh đề này không xác định danh từ mà nó nói thêm điều gì đó danh từ cách cung cấp thêm số thông tin nó Không giống mệnh đề quan hệ hạn định, chúng không thiết phải có câu, ta có thể bỏ mà câu không trở nên mập mờ, chúng tách biệt với danh từ mà chúng thêm nghĩa dấu phảy (,) Ex: Mrs Thom, who is my former teacher, likes bananas very much III/ REPORTED SPEECH (câu trần thuậtc) là câu kể lại lời nói người khác Để chuyển từ trực tiếp sang câu gián tiếp chúng ta phải: * Đổi thì (Tense change) : theo quy tắc sau: Speaker’s words Reported statement will / shall ® would / should am / is / are going to ® was / were going to present simple ® past simple present continuous ® past continuous past continuous ® past perfect continuous present perfect ® past perfect past simple ® past perfect must ® had to can ® could Ex: Direct speech: “I’ll talk to Hoa.”said he ® Reported speech: He said he would talk to Hoa main verb reporting verb - Nếu động từ tường thuật thì thì thì động từ chính giữ nguyên chuyển lời nói trực tiếp sang gián tiếp.Trạng từ nơi chốn, thời gian và đại từ định giữ nguyên Ex: Direct speech : “I’m arriving at about 6.00.”says Brenda Reported speech : Brenda says she’s arriving at about 6.00 Note: - Có thể dùng không dùng “that” sau động từ tường thuật Ví dụ: He said (that) he wasn’t going - says / say to + O ® tells / tell = O said to + O ® told + O Exù: He told (said to) Helen (that) he didn’t like coffee - Một số động từ không thay đổi chuyển sang lời nói gián tiếp: would , could, might should, ought to * Một số chuyển đổi khác (Some other changes) : Khi chuyển từ lời nói trực tiếp sang gián tiếp mà động từ tường thuật thì quá khứ thì các trạng từ thời gian , ứ nơi chốn và đại từ định chuyển đổi theo quy tắc sau : Direct Reported / Indirect today that day tonight that night tomorrow the next day / the following day yesterday the day before /the previous day ago before now then next/ on Monday the next/ following Monday last Monday the previous Monday / the Monday before the day after tomorrow in two days’ time / two days later this that these those here there Ex: Direct : “ I’m leaving here tomorrow,” said Mary Reported : Mary said (that) she was leaving there the next day * Reported questions : Bỏ trợ động từ “do,does, did”và dấu hỏi  câu Trực tiếp -1/ Yes – No questions : thường mở đầu các động từ “ ask, inquire, wonder, ….” Và ta dùng “if” hay “whether” lời nói trần thuật và theo sau các động từ mở đầu Ex: “ Do you see new friend?” he said ® He asked if you saw new friends 2/ Wh –questions : Thường bắt đầu các động từ “ask, wonder, want to know ”và theo sau là các nghi vấn từ : who,which,whom,what, Ex: “ Who is going for a walk?,” he asked them ® He asked them who was going for a walk Experiences …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… ………………………………… CM duyệt ngày 20/4/2014 Planning date 22/4/2015 Teaching date:23/4/2015 LESSON 35-36 : CONSOLIDATION CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN I Lý thuyết - Một câu điều kiện thường có hai mệnh đề là mệnh đề chính và mệnh đề phụ(If) Mệnh đề phụ (If)có thể đặt trước sau mệnh đề chính - Có loại câu điều kiện: 1.Câu điều kiện 1: điều kiện có thể xảy * form: MỆNH ĐỀ IF MỆNH ĐỀ CHÍNH Simple present( HTđ) Simple future( TLđ) If + S + V(HT) +O , S + Will/ Shall + V(inf) + O If I have * eg: time, I shall visit you John usually walks to school if he has enough time If she eats much, she will be over weight Câu điều kiện : điều kiện không có thật * form : MỆNH ĐỀ IF MỆNH ĐỀ CHÍNH Past simple (QKĐ) , would/could/ should/ might + Vinf If + S + V–ed (V2) + O, S + would/ could + V(inf) + O *Note: Tobe dùng Were cho tất các ngôi ( Mệnh đề If) * eg: If I had much money , I would buy a new bicycle If you practised English every day , you could speak it fluently If I were you, I would not tell him about that Câu điều kiện 3: điều kiện không có thật quá khứ (Học lớp 10,11,12) * form: MỆNH ĐỀ IF MỆNH ĐỀ CHÍNH Thì quá khứ hoàn thành would, could, might + have +PP If + S + had + V-ed(V3) + S + would/ could + have + V-ed(V3) + O, O * Eg: If he had driven more carefully, he could have had fewer accidents Note: Unless = if…not ( không, trừ ) Eg: Unless it rains, we will go to the movies = ( If it does not rain , we will go to the movies) Bảng tóm tắt câu điều kiện Loại Mệnh đề phụ(IF) Mệnh đề chính Will V(HTĐ) Can + V (inf) Be (is/am/are) Shall Đt thường V inf/ V(s/ es) May Quá khứ đơn (bàng thái) Could Be " WERE Would + V (inf) Should Đt thường V- ed /( V2)BQT Might QKHT (bàng thái) Could Had + V- ed(V3) BQT Would + have + V- ed( pp) Should II Bài tập A.Chia động từ ngoặc 1.If you ( go) away, please write to me If you ( be) in, I should have given it to you If he (eat) another cake, he will be sick I ( not ) that if I (be) you If he (take) my advice, everything can go well I would have come sooner if I ( know) you were here He never does homework If he ( do) his homework, he (not worry) about his exam 8.It’s too bad we lost the game If you (play) for us, we( win) 9.What you (do) if she refuses your invitation? 10 If today (be) Sunday, we (go) to the beach 11 Unless they (pass) their examinations, they would join the army 12 You (be) ill if you drink that water 13 If Tom (go) to bed earlier, he would not be so tired 14 Had we known your address, we( write) you a letter 15 If it’s raining heavily, we (not go) for a donkey ride 16 If he (try) hard, he’ll pass the examination 17 I could understand the French teacher if she (speak) more slowly 18.If she (not be) busy, she would have come to the party 19 If I (finish) the work in time, I ( go) to the football game 20 If you( see) Mary today, please ( ask) her to call me B.Viết lại câu sau cho nghĩa câu không thay đổi CÁCH CHUYỂN ĐỔI TỪ LOẠI TRONG TIẾNG ANH Posted by ENGLISH TNC on Thứ Ba, tháng 24, 2015 with No comments Cách chuyển đổi từ loại tiếng Anh là phần vô cùng quan trọng sử dụng tiền tố để chuyển từ tính từ và danh từ sang động từ sử dụng hậu tố để chuyển đổi tính từ sang danh từ động từ sang danh từ, tính từ sang trạng từ Chúng ta phải dựa vào vị trí từ câu để chuyển từ loại đó cho phù hợp VD: He drives car very (careful) Careful => Carefully vì drive là động từ nên phải chia từ ngoặc là trạng từ cách thức "adj" + "ly" => adv I.Cách biếnđổi từ tính từ thành trạng từ a Attractive + “ly” => Adverb Attractive (hấp dẫn) Attractively Beautiful (đẹp, hay) Beautifully Bright (sáng) Brightly Busy (bận) Busily ("-y" >> "-i + -ly") Careful (cẩn thận) Carefully Careless (bất cẩn) Carelessly Constant (thường xuyên) Constantly Eager (hăng hái) .Eagerly Easy (dễ) Easily Economical (tiết kiệm) Economically Excited (sôi nổi) Excitedly Fortunate (may mắn) Fortunately Full (đầy đủ) Fully Gay (vui vẻ) Gaily Gentle (êm) .Gently Happy (hạnh phúc) Happily Loud (lớn) .Loudly Popular (phổ biến) Popularly Productive (năng suất) .Productively Proud (tự hào) Proudly Quick (nhanh) Quickly Quiet (yên tĩnh) Quietly Rare (hiếm,ít) Rarely Recent (gần đây) Recently Regular (đều đặn) Regularly Scientific (khoa học) Scientifically Simple (đơn giản) .Simply Sleepy (buồn ngủ) Sleepily Successful (thành công) Successfully Useful (có ích) Usefully Useless (vô dụng) Uselessly Wasteful (hoang phí) Wastefully Wide (rộng) Widely Chú ý: a Hình thức trạng từ các tính từ kết thúc "-ic": "-ic" +"-ally" = "ically" b Một số tính từ không thay đổi hình thức chuyển sang trạng từ Bao gồm: deep, early, fast, hard, high, late, long, low, near, right, straight, wrong c Trong tiếng Anh không trang trọng, các tính từ đây xem là trạng từ: cheap, loud, quick và slow II, cách biến đổi động từ thành danh từ Động từ tiếng Anh có thể tạo thành danh từ với các đuôi sau: -ment;ance;-ence;-tion; -ation/-ition; -er/-or/ -ant/ -ist không thay đổi hình thức a -ment: Verb Noun Meaning: Agree .agreement đồng ý Amaze amazement .sự ngạc nhiên Amuse amusement .làm cho vui vẻ Arrange arrangement xếp Assign assignment .sự phân công Develop development phát triển Enjoy .enjoyment thích Entertain entertainment giải trí Equip .equipment trang bị Establish establishment thiết lập Excite excitement hào hứng, kích động Improve improvement cải tiến Manage management quản lý Move .Movement dịch chuyển Punish punishment trừng phạt Treat .treatment đối đãi b -ance/-ence: Verb .Noun Meaning Acquaint Acquaintance Làm quen Appear Appearance Sự xuất Assist Assistance Trợ lý Differ .Difference Sự khác biệt Inherit Inheritance Sự thừa hưởng Perform Performance Trình diễn c.-tion Verb .Noun Meaning Act .Action Hành động Attract Attraction Sự hấp dẫn Celebrate Celebration .Sự tổ chức lễ Collect .Collection Sự sưu tầm Communicate Communication .Sự giao tiếp Construct Construction Xây dựng Cooperate Cooperation Sự hợp tác Decorate Decoration .Sự trang trí Destroy Destruction Sự phá hủy Devote Devotion Dành cho, cống hiến Distribute Distribution Sự phân phối Educate Education Giáo dục Fascinate Fascination Sự đam mê Intend Intention Dự định Participate Participation Tham gia Pollute .Pollution .Sự ô nhiễm Produce Production Sản xuất Translate Translation Dịch d/ -ation/-ition Verb .Noun Meaning Admire Admiration Khâm phục Compete Competition .S ự tranh tài Form Formation Thành lập Inform Information Thông tin Prepare .Preparation .Sự chuẩn bị Recognize Recognition Nhận Starve Starvation Đói Transport .Transportation Sự vận chuyển e/ -er/ -or/ -ant/ -ist: Verb .Noun Meaning Commute .Commuter Nh ững người vé tháng Compete Competitor Sự cạnh tranh Dwell Dweller .Nơi cư ngụ Lead .Leader Người lãnh đạo Participate .Participant Người tham gia Perform Performer .Người trình diễn Tame Tamer Người dạy thú Type Typist .Người đánh máy F/ Biến đổi đặc biệt: Verb .Noun Meaning Choose Choice Sự lựa chọn Decide Decision Sự định Succeed .Success Sự thành công Produce Product Sự sản xuất III, Cách biết đổi tính từ thành danh từ 1.-ness: Adjective .Noun Careful (cẩn thận) Carefulness Careless (cẩu thả) Carelessness Eager (háo hức) Eagerness Fierce (Dữ tợn) .Fierceness Full (no) .Fullness Great (to,lớn, vĩ đại) Greatness Happy(Vui vẻ) Happiness Kind (tử tế) Kindness Ready (sẵn sàng) Readiness Sad (buồn) Sadness Shy (e thẹn) Shyness Sick (bệnh) Sickness Useful (có ích) Usefulness Weak (yếu) Weakness Willing (sẵn lòng) Willingness -ity Adjective Noun Able (có khả năng) Ability Active (năng động) Activity Popular (phổ biến) Popularity Electric (chạy điện) Electricity 3.-t>>-ce: Adjective N oun Confident (tin tưởng) .Confidence Convenient (thuận tiện) Convenience Different (khác nhau) .Difference Important (quan trọng) Importance Intelligent (thông minh) Intelligence Biến đổi đặc biệt: Adjective .Noun Proud (tự hào) Pride True (sự thật) Truth *Từ danh từ: Noun Noun Champion (nhà vô địch) Championship Friend (người bạn) Friendship Sportsman (người chơi thể thao) .Sportsmanship Tham khảo thêm: ĐẠI TỪ QUAN HỆ TRONG TIẾNG ANH CÁCH SỬ DỤNG VÀ VỊ TRÍ CỦA TRẠNG TỪ TRONG TIẾNG ANH 3.CÁC DẠNG CÂU HỎI W-H QUESTION TRONG TIẾNG ANH Gửi email bài đăng nàyBlogThis!Chia sẻ lên TwitterChia sẻ lên Facebook I.TAG QUESTIONS (Câu hỏi đuôiC) - Câu hỏi đuôi giống “câu hỏi đáp lại”, nó tạo trợ động từ + đại từ nhân xưng - Câu hỏi đuôi đặt cuối để hỏi kiểm định thứ gì mà chúng ta không hay để hỏi đồng ý, nó gần nghĩa là “ Is this true?” hay “ Do you agree?” Ex: You’re new student, aren’t you? Note: - Nếu vế đầu là động từ đặc biệt như: to be, to have, can, could, ta nhắc lại động từ này phần câu hỏi đuôi, động từ thường ta phải mượn các trợ động từ như: do, does, did Ex: Students don’t drink coffee, they? - Nếu vế đầu là câu khẳng định thì vế sau là câu hỏi đuôi phủ định và ngược lại - Nếu chủ từ là đại từ thì ta lặp lại nó nó là danh từ ta phải đổi thành đại từ tương ứng Ex: Hoa can’t sing very beautifully, can’t she? II THE PASSIVE FORM (voice) Dạng bị động Form: BE + V3 /V-ed (past participle) Ex: They sell jeans all over the world => Jeans are sold all over the world Note: - Khi chủ ngữ câu chủ động là: THEY, PEOPLE, SOMEONE, NO ONE, ANYONE thì đổi sang câu bị động không có By agent Nhưng danh từ làm chủ ngữ bắt buộc phải có agent - Với động từ đặc biệt (modal verbs): CAN, MUST, MAY, MIGHT, SHOULD, WILL, ta phải thêm BE trước chuyển động từ chính sang dạng PAST PARTICIPLE S + modal verb + be + V-ed / V3 (past participle) Ex : You must this exercise carefully => This exercise must be done carefully III PREPOSITION OF TIME (Giới từ thời gian G) : at, in ,on, from to, for, by - AT : + điểm thời gian cụ thể Ex : We have class at one o’clock + night Ex : I sleep at night - IN : + tháng/năm cụ thể Ex : I was born 1994 + the morning/afternoon / evening Ex : We have class in the morning - ON: + ngày tuần Ex : We have class on Monday + ngày tháng năm Ex: I was born on April 6, 2006 - FROM + điểm thời gian + TO + điểm thời gian Ex: We have class from 7.00 to 10.15 - FOR: + khoảng thời gian: để nói cái gì đó diễn bao lâu Ex : We walked for hours to reach the waterfall - BY: + điểm thời gian Ex: Can you finish the work by five o’clock III/ ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS (Các tính từ và trạng từ C) a- Tính từ : - bổ nghĩa cho danh từ Ex: An interesting book - Cách thành lập tính từ: + Thêm tiếp đầu ngữ (prefix) vào trước động từ: a+verb ® adjective Ex: a+ live => alive + Thêm tiếp vị ngữ (suffix) vào sau động từ danh từ: * Verb + ed ® adjective Ex: please + ed ® pleased (hài lòng) * Noun + en ® adjective Ex: wood + en ® wooden (bằng gỗb) * Noun + ful / less ® adjective Ex: hope + ful ® hopeful (nhiều hy vọng) * Noun + ly ® adjective Ex : love + ly ® lovely (dễ mdn) * Noun + y ® adjective Ex: rain + y ® rainy (có mưa) * Noun + ern ® adjective Ex: south + ern ® southern (thuộc miền bắc) * Noun + ish ® adjective Ex: child + ish ® childish (có vẻ nítc) b - Trạng từ: - bổ nghĩa cho động từ Ex: She sings well - Cách thành lập trạng từ: + Hầu hết các trạng từ thể cách thành lập cách thêm đuôi LY vào tính từ: adjective + ly ® adverb Ex: slow + ly ® slowly + Chú ý: Một số trạng từ đặc biệt: Ex: good ® well , fast ® fast , VIII/CONNECTIVES (từ nối – liên từ) * AND (và): dùng để nối hai từ hai mệnh đề có cùng giá trị Eừx: Lan likes cats and dogs * BUT (nhưng) : dùng để nối hai câu có nghĩa trái ngược Ex: They have a lot of money, but they’re not very happy * SO (vì thế, vì vậy): dùng mệnh đề kết Nó đứng trước mệnh đề mà nó giới thiệu Ex: He’s ill so he stays at home * THEREFORE (vì thế) : dùng thay cho SO tiếng Anh trang trọng Ex: The weather was too bad, our plan, therefore, had been changed * HOWEVER (tuy nhiênt) đứng trước theo sau mệnh đề mà nó giới thiệu nó sau từ cụm từ đầu tiên Ex: I will offer my cat to Hoa However, he may not like it * BECAUSE (bởi vì) dùng để lý Ex: She didn’t go to the zoo because she was ill Note: Chúng ta có thể dùng “because of” thay vì “ because” …… because + S + V ………because of + noun (phrase) Ex: I was late because of the traffic jam (kẹt xek) * OR (hay làh, là) Ex: Is your girl tall or short IX / MAKING SUGGESTION(Câu đề nghị C) : Câu đề nghị gồm nhiều hình thức - Dùng“ Let’s / Shall I/ Shall we + Vinf” diễn đạt đề nghị với ngôi thứ Ex:Let’s go to the zoo - Dùng “Why don’t we / Why don’t you + Vinf” diễn đạt đề nghị với ngôi thứ và ngôi thứ hai -Ta có thể dùng “ What about / How about + gerund / noun” (Bạn nghĩ sao………?) - Dùng động từ “suggest” (đề nghị) “propose” (đề nghị, gợi ý ) Suggest (+ possessive adjective) +gerund Ex: I suggest (your) forgetting him Suggest that + S+ present tense / should Ex: I propose that the receptionists wear uniform Ex: I suggest that we should go to a seaside resort X/ STRUCTURES , PHRASES USED TO + bare infinitive : Thường hay, đã Dùng miêu tả thói quen, việc thường xảy quá khứ Nó thành lập với cụm từ USED TO + Động từ nguyên mẫu Ex: When I was young, I used to look after my younger brother Khi còn nhỏ tôi thường trông nôm em trai tôi TO BE + USED TO + V-ing : trở nên quen với,thích nghi với TO GET + USED TO+ V-ing : trở nên quen với thích nghi với Chỉ thói quen việc thường xảy (present habit) Ex : I am used to reading in the library Tôi trở nên quen với việc đọc sách thư viện 3.To take someone to somewhere (a place) = đưa đến đâu, dẫn đến đâu MODAL VERBS :Động từ tình thái - Form : + S + modal verb + V + ……… Ex : I can sing very well - S + modal verb + not + V + ……… Ex : Hoa may not come to the party tomorrow ? Modal verb + S + V + ………….? Ex : May I come in ? - Modal verb : must, mustn’t, needn’t, shouldn’t, should, ought to, can , can’t, could, may, might * MAY/ MIGHT: Dùng để diễn tả hành độùng có thể xảy tương lai Form:S + may/ might + V inf (I’m not sure where I spend on Tet holidays,but I may stay in Da Lat) * Dùng “may /might” diễn tả xin phép (permission) tương lai Form: May / Might + Vinf Ex: May I go out now, sir? * Dùng “may” để khởi đầu câu chúc Ex: May you live long long life! * Ta có thể dùng “ may as well”, “might as well” + Vinf (cũng nên, có ý định) Ex: I may as well join in the army with my old classmates Date of pre: 20/4/ 2014 Date of tea: 23/4 /2014 P : 63 EXERCISES I Circle the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others A worked B placed C played D watched A scholarship B champagne C school D Christmas II Write the correct form of the word to complete the following sentences Mid-August Festival is a festival for children JOY Viet Nam is interested in saving resources NATURE III Circle the one choice that best completes each unfinished sentence below or replace the underlined word or phrase Tony promised his homework later A to B C for doing D doing Everyone took the test, _? A did he B didn’t he C did they D didn’t they I really dislike to answer questions in class when I haven’t prepared my lesson A asking B to ask C being D to be asked asked He suggested the children to the zoo A take B should take C to take D taking Diana didn’t know how to swim, she jumped into the swimming pool A Although B However C Despite D Yet What are you complaining ? A to B about C on D for Let’s ask our teacher how to solve this problem we can’t agree on the answer A since B because of C consequently D so If he isn’t coming tonight, he might next week A to come B coming C came D come IV Circle the words or phrases that are not correct in Standard English and correct the mistakes She asked me if I live in Hanoi A B C D If you work hard, you would get good marks A B C D A meeting will held next week by the committee A B C D Mrs Lien, whom sings very well, is my teacher of English A B C D Although my sister was tired, but she helped me with my homework V Rewrite the second sentence so that it stays the same meanings Nam got wet He forgot his raincoat (because) They were busy They helped their parents decorate the house Although…………………………………………………………… I like reading books They tell about different peoples and cultures (dùng đại từ quan hệ để nối câu) The man speaks English very well He is talking to Lan (dùng đại từ quan hệ để nối câu) The man………………………………………………………………… The flood damaged many houses in the area Many houses………………………………………………… VI Complete the sentences, using the words given: If / it / not rain / tomorrow/ I / go camping / friends Phong / be/ absent / school / since / he / break / leg ……………………………………………………… If/ people/ keep/ littering/ our environment/ seriously/ polluted This / first / time/ I/ read / this book ………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………… I II Circle the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others (0.5 pt) a chosen b won c rope d hope a result b abrupt c suck d difficult Circle the words or phrases that make these sentences meaningful (2.5 pts) ……………Easter Day, young children often receive chocolate or sugar eggs a On b At c In d For A tornado can suck……………….anything that is in its path a in b on c at d up Peter and Michael have traveled to a village…………is near the city of Kobe a which b that c who d a & b Neil Armstrong,………… first walked on the moon, lived in the USA a that b whom c who d a & c ………… he was a hard worker, he was not nominated as best worker a Because b However c Therefore d Although There is going to be a storm We have to find a ………………….for safety a shelter b yard c garden d window She’s always polite and…………….towards her friends a rude b considerate c impolite d stupid III IV These rooms need…………….again a to be repainted b to repaint c repainting d a & c A: “I’ve just passed the final exam.” – B “………………… ” a Try harder next time b Congratulations! c Good luck d It’s nice of you! 10 A: “What a wonderful picture!” – B: “………………….” a I’m glad to hear that b It’s nice of you to say so c You don’t need to say so d Of course, I think so There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence Circle the mistake (A, B, C or D) and correct it (0.5 pt) Even though the weather was bad, but they went to the beach >……………… A B C D In my class there are 35 students, most of them are from Ngãi Giao >……………… A B C D Use the words given to fill in the blanks There is an extra one (1.5 pts) erupt V VI damage earthquake New Year’s forecast leaking Eve happy Now, scientists can predict when a volcano will…………………… In 1995, a huge………………… ………struck the city of Kobe in Japan According to the weather…………………………, it will be raining tonight Auld Lang Syne is a song which is sung on………………… Most of the earthquakes in the world caused severe…………………… He repairs his roof to stop it from……………………… Use the correct tense or form of the verbs in parentheses (1.5 pts) It’s a long time since I (leave)………………………….the primary school She (enjoy)………………………………(shop)…………………………with her friends Lan can (play)…………………………… soccer now because she (finish) ………………… her work already Yesterday he saved me from (catch)…………………………………in the typhoon Rewrite the following sentences and as directed in parentheses or the cues (1.5 pts) Our house is small, but we enjoy living there Even though ………… London was once the largest city in the world, but the population is now falling (Use Relative pronoun) The population of London ………… You’ll meet Henry tomorrow He’s also a member of this class (Use Relative pronoun) VII Henry…………………………………………………………………………… ……… The house is for sale It has the red roof (Use Relative pronoun) The house ………… They / live / old house / build / in 1950 (Use the cue words to make a meaningful sentence.) (0.5 pt) ………………………………………………………………………………… ………… Read the text The second Sunday in May is Mother’s Day It is a public holiday in both Britain and America On that day, children send Mother’s Day cards to their mothers They give their mothers flowers or sweets as presents Fathers and children the cooking so that mothers can have a rest In the USA, Mother’s Day started in 1860s There was a small town called Pruntytown in the middle of the USA People in the town fought against each other during a war After the war, they hated each other Mrs Ann Reeves Janis wanted the people to make friends with each other again So, she started “Mother’s Friendship Day” On that day, she visited all the other mothers in the town and said, “Let us be friends with each other again.” Her idea succeeded The same thing happened in other parts of the country After she died, her daughter carried on her idea In 1908, “Mother’s Friendship Day” became “Mother’s Day”  Answer the questions Is Mother’s Day a public holiday in both Britain and America? ………………………………………………………………………………… …………… Do mothers the cooking on Mother’s Day? ………………………………………………………………………………… …………… What did Mrs Ann Reeves say on Mother’s Friendship Day? ………………………………………………………………………………… …………… Who carried on Mrs Ann Reeves’s idea after she died? ………………………………………………………………………………… …………… VIII Circle the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others (0.5 pt) IX X XI a chosen b won c rope d hope a result b abrupt c suck d difficult Circle the words or phrases that make these sentences meaningful (2.5 pts) ……………Easter Day, young children often receive chocolate or sugar eggs a On b At c In d For A tornado can suck……………….anything that is in its path a in b on c at d up Peter and Michael have traveled to a village…………is near the city of Kobe a which b that c who d a & b Neil Armstrong,………… first walked on the moon, lived in the USA a that b whom c who d a & c ………… he was a hard worker, he was not nominated as best worker a Because b However c Therefore d Although There is going to be a storm We have to find a ………………….for safety a shelter b yard c garden d window She’s always polite and…………….towards her friends a rude b considerate c impolite d stupid These rooms need…………….again a to be repainted b to repaint c repainting d a & c A: “I’ve just passed the final exam.” – B “………………… ” a Try harder next time b Congratulations! c Good luck d It’s nice of you! 10 A: “What a wonderful picture!” – B: “………………….” a I’m glad to hear that b It’s nice of you to say so c You don’t need to say so d Of course, I think so There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence Circle the mistake (A, B, C or D) and correct it (0.5 pt) Even though the weather was bad, but they went to the beach ->… X……… A B C D In my class there are 35 students, most of them are from Ngãi Giao ->… whom… A B C D Use the words given to fill in the blanks There is an extra one (1.5 pts) erupt XII damage earthquake New Year’s forecast leaking Eve Now, scientists can predict when a volcano will erupt In 1995, a huge earthquake struck the city of Kobe in Japan According to the weather forecast, it will be raining tonight Auld Lang Syne is a song which is sung on New Year’s Eve Most of the earthquakes in the world caused severe damage He repairs his roof to stop it from leaking Use the correct tense or form of the verbs in parentheses (1.5 pts) It’s a long time since I (leave) left the primary school She (enjoy) enjoys (shop) shopping with her friends happy Lan can (play) play soccer now because she (finish) has finished her work already Yesterday he saved me from (catch) being caught in the typhoon XIII Rewrite the following sentences and as directed in parentheses or the cues (1.5 pts) Our house is small, but we enjoy living there Even though our house is small, we enjoy living there London was once the largest city in the world, but the population is now falling (Use Relative pronoun) The population of London, which was once the largest city in the world, is now falling You’ll meet Henry tomorrow He’s also a member of this class (Use Relative pronoun) Henry, whom you’ll meet tomorrow, is also a member of this class The house is for sale It has the red roof (Use Relative pronoun) The house which (that) has the red roof is for sale They / live / old house / build / in 1950 (Use the cue words to make a meaningful sentence.) (0.5 pt) They are living/ (live),(lived), have lived/ in an old house which was built / (built) in 1950 XIV Read the text The second Sunday in May is Mother’s Day It is a public holiday in both Britain and America On that day, children send Mother’s Day cards to their mothers They give their mothers flowers or sweets as presents Fathers and children the cooking so that mothers can have a rest In the USA, Mother’s Day started in 1860s There was a small town called Pruntytown in the middle of the USA People in the town fought against each other during a war After the war, they hated each other Mrs Ann Reeves Janis wanted the people to make friends with each other again So, she started “Mother’s Friendship Day” On that day, she visited all the other mothers in the town and said, “Let us be friends with each other again.” Her idea succeeded The same thing happened in other parts of the country After she died, her daughter carried on her idea In 1908, “Mother’s Friendship Day” became “Mother’s Day” True (T) or False (F) (1 pt) Mother’s Day is on the second Sunday in May T Fathers and children the cooking on Mother’s Day T Mother’s Day started in 1860s in America …T… In 1980, “Mother’s Friendship Day” became “Mother’s Day” F  Answer the questions (1 pt) Is Mother’s Day a public holiday in both Britain and America? Yes, it is Do mothers the cooking on Mother’s Day? No, they don’t What did Mrs Ann Reeves say on Mother’s Friendship Day? Let us be friends with each other again Who carried on Mrs Ann Reeves’s idea after she died? After she died, her daughter carried on her idea Task:1 Which underlined part is pronounced differenttly from other? : (2,5ms) A collapse B compose C purpose D blankets A carriage B cottage C cage D damage A erupt B error C extensive D erase A groom B funny C nuclear D lunar A typhoon B soon C pool D foot Task: Sentence tranformation: (2ms) They should finish their work soon  Their work I don’t call Nam because I don’t have his number  If “What are you doing, Mai?” Tam asked  Tam asked Lan is ill but she goes to school  Although Task: Rearrange these words in their corrects: (2ms) wish / were / not / absent / party / from / the / I / she  HCM City / Sunday / arrive / in / we / morning / on  told / us / by / learn / heart / all / new / words / the / teacher / to  a / cake / beautiful / mother’s birthday / her / on / Mai / made / celebrate / to  Task: Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets: (2ms) There (be ) a big meeting here next week you always ( write) with your left hand ? My father (not drink ) any wine at the farewell goodbye at the party last night He ( graduate ) from University in 2007 Hoang prefers ( stay) at home to going out I (live ) with my parents until I went to Malaysia Task: Definition: Match the word in column A with column B (1,5ms) volcano (n) a a rain with heavy wind and lightning thunderstorm (n) Passover (n) extensive (adj) temperature (n) cogratulate (v) b c d e f Jewish festival a mountain with hot liquid rock the amount of heat in place or in the body covering a large area to praise someone Key: 1+ .; + ; + ; + ; + ; + ; Date of pre: Date of tea: Period 63 Correct the test: WEEK : 31 Date of pre: /4/2015 Date of tea: / 4/2015 Period : 61 TEST REMARKS I.Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.(1m) A reach B instead C Easter D season A practises B changes C produces D Pollutes II Choose the best option (A, B, C or D) to complete each of the following sentences (2ms) I saw two boys in the playground A to play B playing C played D to playing It was still hot in the room even though I had the air conditioner for an hour A turned off B turned down C turned on D turned over You don’t look tired you stayed up too late last night A despite B Although C because of D because The man is talking to your father is our new teacher A which B whom C who D whom I’m very tired; ., I have to finish this report by noon A besides B however C therefore D moreover People nowadays are interested saving money and natural resources A in B on C with D to III Use the correct form of the word given in each sentences (1m) There was an soccer match on TV last night (EXCITE) …………… Although the weather was ., we didn’t cancel the trip to Da Nang (BADLY) EXCITING BAD IV Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets.(2m) 1.She (live) has lived in Ha Noi since 2011 He (play) played soccer last day Listen ! they (sing) are singing He ( go ) will go to the zoo tomorrow V Read the passage and anwser the questions(3m) No, they don’t He advises us to (have to) start conserving coal, oil and gas Because it is very dangerous We shoul use natural resources as economically as possible VI Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one(3ms) The man who(m) you met at the party last night is a famous actor Although he studied very hard this semester, he didn’t pass the exam I suggest decorating the living room for Tet I suggest that we should decorate the living room for Tet Date of pre: /4/2015 Date of tea: / 4/2015 Period : 62 UNIT 10 : LIFE ON OTHER PLANETS: Lesson - GETTING STARTED - LISTEN AND READ I/Objectives: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know more about UFOs ( Reading a text about UFOs for details to complete the notes -Vocabulary: - spacecraft: (n) meteor: (n), evidence : (n), alien: (n), capture (v) device (n) claim (v) - Grammar structure: - Modal verbs : May, might - Conditinal sentences : Type and type : II/Procedures: Check up: Warm up : Guessing words:: Have Ss guess three words Give Ss the number of the letters of each word and give the definitions so that Ss can guess the words * 1: - - - - - - - - - - - - This word has 12 letters It is the opposite of identified * 2: ……………… This word has letters It means moving through the air as a bird does * 3: ………………… This word has letters It is in from It means a thing that can be seen or touched * Answer keys: 1) Unidentified 2) Flying => UFOs : (vật thể bay không xác định) 3) Objects NEW LESSON: SECTION : - GETTING STARTED - LISTEN AND READ Teacher ' activities Pre – Reading: Ss' activities * Chatting: Show the pictures on page 83 to the students and ask them some questions about UFOs - What can you see in the pictures? - What we call them in Vietnamese? - Do you know another word for UFOs? (Flying Saucer) - Do you think they really exist ? - Have you eer seen any film on UFOs? - Do you want to see a UFO? What you The end KHẢO SÁT CHẤT LƯỢNG GIỮA KỲ II MÔN ANH Năm học : 2015-2016 Full name Class Number : 01 Time : 45 minutes I Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others (1pt) A garbage B standard C solar D lunar A raised B picked C laughed D watched II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) I’m learning English _I want to get a good job after school A although B so C but D because Let’s about my problem A talk B talking C to talk D talked If we go throwing trast , the environment will be polluted A in B on C at D among He laughed when he was watching “Tom and Jerry” on TV A happily B happy C happiness D unhappy She was sick yesterday, _she was absent from school A since B so C because D but That’s wonderful I’m pleased _you are working hard A that B with C what D where What are you looking ? My picture book I’ve lost it A on B off C in D for If you want to save money, you should the amount of water your family uses A increase B reduce C adapt D repair III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) Unless you study harder, you ( not pass ) the final exam She suggests (take) the bus to school He (do ) exercises yesterday .I (live ) in Ho Chi Minh City for 13 years IV Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) Electricity is the most common form of energy today In the modern world, electricity is very available at the touch of a switch Electricity has many uses The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting In factories, electricity is used to light up the work place It is also used to operate air conditioners, computers and many other machines Electricity is also used to power the many appliances that we have in our homes such as appliances include television sets, computers, electric fans, irons and many others The list is simply endless Modern man will most probably be lost without electricity Is electricity the most common form of energy today? What is the most common use of electricity? What people use electricity for at home? How would our life be if there were no electricity? V Rewrite these sentences(3pt) Alice is my friend Alice’s mother died last year.( relative clause ) ® “I will go to Hue tomorrow”.?”(Reported speech ) ®Mr Chi Said ……………………….……………… They have a car they rarely use it ( Although ) ® KHẢO SÁT CHẤT LƯỢNG GIỮA KỲ II MÔN ANH Năm học : 2014-2015 Full name Class Number : 02 Time : 45 minutes I Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others (1pt) 1A energy B generous C category D suggest A celebrate B plumber C bulb D blanket II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) I’m learning English _I want to get a good job after school A although B so C but D because Let’s about my problem A talk B talking C to talk D talked If we go throwing trast , the environment will be polluted A in B on C at D among He laughed when he was watching “Tom and Jerry” on TV A happily B happy C happiness D unhappy She was sick yesterday, _she was absent from school A since B so C because D but That’s wonderful I’m pleased _you are working hard A that B with C what D where What are you looking ? My picture book I’ve lost it A on B off C in D for If you want to save money, you should the amount of water your family uses A increase B reduce C adapt D repair III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) Unless you study harder, you ( not pass ) the final exam He suggests (take) the bus to school She (do) .her homework everyday She (live) in HaNoi Since 1988 IV Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) Electricity is the most common form of energy today In the modern world, electricity is very available at the touch of a switch Electricity has many uses The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting In factories, electricity is used to light up the work place It is also used to operate air conditioners, computers and many other machines Electricity is also used to power the many appliances that we have in our homes such as appliances include television sets, computers, electric fans, irons and many others The list is simply endless Modern man will most probably be lost without electricity Is electricity the most common form of energy today? What is the most common use of electricity? What people use electricity for at home? 4.How would our life be if there were no electricity? V Rewrite these sentences(3pt) Alice is my friend Alice’s mother died last year.( relative clause ) ® “I live in the country ” Mr Tuan said (Reported speech ) ®Mr Tuan Said ……………………….……………… I couldn't sleep.I was tired ( Although ) ® HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ANH Number : 01 I Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others (1pt) 1.A A II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) D A B A 5.B 6.A 8.B III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) won’t pass/ will not pass taking did have lived IV Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) 7.D Yes, it is The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting (We use electricity for) TV sets, computers, electric fans, iron, and many other appliances at home Modern man would most probably be lost/ Our life would be lost (if there were no electricity) V Rewrite these sentences(3pt) 1.Alice whose mother died last year is my friend Mrs Chi said she would go to Hue the next day / the following day Although they have a car they rarely use it HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ANH Number : 02 I Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others (1pt) C B II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) D A B A 5.B 6.A 8.B III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) won’t pass/ will not pass taking does has lived 7.D IV Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) Yes, it is The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting (We use electricity for) TV sets, computers, electric fans, iron, and many other appliances at home Modern man would most probably be lost/ Our life would be lost (if there were no electricity) VI Rewrite these sentences(3pt) 1.Alice whose mother died last year is my friend Mr Tuan said he lived in the country I couldn't sleep although I was tired Thanks ! I-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss revise some structures -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand some structures and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss writes form of passive form III-New lesson A Lý thuyết - Lời nói gián tiếp là tường thuật lại ý người nào đó nói  Cách đổi câu trực tiếp sang câu gián tiếp: Thay đổi thì động từ Trực tiếp (Direct speech) Gián tiếp (Reported speech) HTĐ ( is/are/ am) QKĐ (was/were) HTTD ( is/are/am + V- ing) QKTD(was/were + V- ing) TLĐ ( Will ) TL QK ( Would ) Can Could / be able to Shall Should Must Had to / would have to Have to Had to Will Would Thay đổi chủ ngữ, tân ngữ, đại từ sở hữu - Ngôi thứ nhất: (I,we, me, mine,us,our) đổi sang ngôi thứ ba ( He, She, It,They, him/ her, his/ hers, its, their, them) phù hợp *eg: Jane said,” I live in the suburbs” " Jane said that she lived in the suburbs - Ngôi thứ hai ( You, your, yours ) đổi theo ngôi tân ngữ mệnh đề tường thuật *eg: He said to me,” You can take my book” " He said me that I could take his book - Ngôi thứ ba ( He, She, It, They, him, his, her ,them ,their) giữ nguyên( không đổi) *eg: Mary says,” They come to help the pupils.” " Mary said that they came to help the pupils 3.Trạng từ thời gian Trực tiếp (Direct Gián tiếp (Reported speech) speech) Now Then Ago Before Today that day Tonight that day Tomorrow the next day/ following day Yesterday the day before last week/month/year the previous week/month/year next week/month/year the following week/month/year *eg: - “I’m going now” He said " He said he was going then - She said “ I was at Hue yesterday” " She said that she had been at Hue the day before Trạng từ nơi chốn Trực tiếp (Direct speech) Gián tiếp (Reported speech) Here There This That These Those *eg:- He said,”Put the books here” " He told me to put the books there - Tom said to me,” I’ll meet you this Friday” " He told me that he would meet me that Friday I Câu mệnh lệnh gián tiếp * Công thức: TT:“V + O” => GT: S + told/ordered/asked + toinf + O TT“Don’t/ doesn’t + V + O” =>GT: S + asked/told + not + to-inf +O Eg: -“ Hurry up, Lan” " He told Lan to hurry up - “ Shut the door” " He ordered them to shut the door - “ Don’t leave the room” " He told them not to leave the room II Câu nghi vấn Yes/ No – questions * Công thức: TT: S + tell / told + “ Do/does/was/will/are/is + S + V + O ?” GT => S + asked/wondered + (O) + If/ whether + S + V(lùi bậc QK) + O *eg: - “ Have you seen that film?” he told her " He asked if she had seen that film - “ Will Tom be here tomorrow?.” She told " She wondered whether Tom would be there the day after Wh – questions ( who,what, where, why, when,how much/ many/ long” * Công thức: TT: S + tell/ told + “ wh- qs + ( do/was/will) + S + V + O ?” GT :S + asked/wondered + (O) + wh – qs + S + V(lùi bậc QK) + O * eg: - “ What time does the film begin?.” He asked " He asked what time the film began - “ What will you tomorrow?” She asked " She asked what I would the next day III Câu phát biểu * Công thức: TT : “S + V + O+…….” GT :S + said (that) + S + V(lùi bậc QK) * eg “ I’ll pay him if I can” She said that she would pay him if she could B.Bài tập Chuyển câu sau sang câu gián tiếp He said to her, “You are my friend.” He told her………………………………… Johnny said to his mother, “I don’t know how to this exercise.” Johnny told his mother………………………………………… “ Don’t come back before one o’clock”, advised my brother My brother advised me…………………………………… “Cook it in butter”, Mrs Brown said to her daughter Mrs Brown told her daughter…………………………… The pupils said “ Teacher, give us better marks, please.” The pupils asked their teacher……………………………… My friend said, “ Are you going to leave tomorrow?” My friend asked me………………………………………… “ Have you done your homework?”, said my mother My mother asked me……………………………………… I asked Bill,” What time did you go to bed last night?” I asked Bill………………………………………………… Paul said, “ I must go home now.” Paul said that……………………………………………… 10.“ There is an accident ”, said the policeman The policeman said that…………………………………… 11.“ We are waiting for the school bus”, said the children The children said that……………………………………… 12.“ Must you go now?”, said Mr Brown Mr Brown asked me……………………………………… 13.“ Are you going to visit your aunt tomorrow?” asked Tom Tom asked………………………………………………… 14.“ Listen to me and don’t make a noise,”said the teacher to his students The teacher asked his students………………………………………… 15.“ I’m tired of eating fish”, said Mary to Helen Mary said Helen…………………………………………… 16.“ The sun always rises in the east,” said Peter Peter said ………………………………………………… 17.“ I didn’t steal your fur coat yesterday,” said Samny to Jean Sammy told Jean …………………………………………… 18.“ You must your homework everyday”, said Miss Lan to us Miss Lan told us …………………………………………… 19.“ Will we read the story?”, Bill asked his teacher Billy asked his teacher ……………………………………… 20.“ I don’t know where Alice is,” said Vicky Vicky said …………………………………………………… Keys He said to her she was his friend Johnny said to his mother he didn’t know how to that exercise My brother advised me not to come back before one o’clock Mrs Brown told her daughter to cook it in butter The pupils asked their teacher to give them better marks My friend asked me if I was going to leave the day after My mother asked me if I had done my homework I asked Bill what time he had gone to bed the night before Paul said that he had to go help me then 10.The policeman said that there was an accident 11.The children said that they were waiting for the school bus 12 Mr Brown asked me if I had to go then 13 Tom asked if I was going to visit my aunt the next day 14 The teacher asked his students to listen to him and not to make any noise 15.Mary said Helen she was tired of eating fish 16.Peter said the sun always rises/rose in the east 17.Sammy told Jean that he didn’t steal/hadn’t stolen her coat the day before 18 Miss Lan told us that we must/ had to our homework every day./ Miss Lan asked us to our homework every day 19 Billy asked his teacher if they would read the story 20 Vicky said she didn’t know where Alice was 1.Suggest( đề nghị làm việc gì) S + suggest + V-ing + O Eg: I suggest learning English S + suggest + that + S + should + V- inf Eg: I suggest that we should save energy 2.Sau giới từ động từ phải thêm đuôi Ing On/in/of/by…… + V- ing Eg: We can save reduce garbage by collecting plastic bags 3.Các liên từ: A,Mệnh đề nguyên nhân : Because, as, since, for, now that – vì Eg:They can’t go out because it’s very cold outside  note: For : luôn đứng sau mệnh đề chính eg: The old man gets tired for he walks a long way 4.Mệnh đề trạng từ nguyên nhân Because of Due to ( vì) + noun/ gerund phrase Owing to Eg: She got ill because he worked hard She got ill because of working hard Tom didn’t go to the movies due to having seen the film **** Sự khác Because & Because of: * …….because + pronoun/ noun + be + adj *…… because of + poss/the + adj + noun ( tính từ sở hữu) Eg: This man can’t see well because he’s old This man can’t see well because of his old age 5.Từ nối : (Liên từ) - And( và): dùng thêm thông tin Eg:His father is a doctor and he works in hospital -or( hoặc): diễn tả lựa chọn Eg: Do you study Maths or Chemistry? -But(nhưng): nối hai ý tương phản Eg: He is fat but his brother isn’t -So(do đó, vì thế): diễn tả hậu Eg: He is busy, so he can’t help you - Planning date :29/3/2015 Teaching date:30/3/2015 LESSON 23,24 : TEST CORRECTION KHẢO SÁT CHẤT LƯỢNG GIỮA KỲ II MÔN ANH Năm học : 2014-2015 I Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others (1pt) A garbage B standard C solar D lunar A raised B picked C laughed D watched A energy B generous C category D suggest A celebrate B plumber C bulb D blanket II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) I’m learning English _I want to get a good job after school A although B so C but D because Let’s about my problem A talk B talking C to talk D talked If we go throwing trast , the environment will be polluted A in B on C at D among He laughed when he was watching “Tom and Jerry” on TV A happily B happy C happiness D unhappy She was sick yesterday, _she was absent from school A since B so C because D but That’s wonderful I’m pleased _you are working hard A that B with C what D where What are you looking ? My picture book I’ve lost it A on B off C in D for If you want to save money, you should the amount of water your family uses A increase B reduce C adapt D repair III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) Unless you study harder, you ( not pass ) the final exam She suggests (take) the bus to school He (do ) exercises yesterday .I (live ) in Ho Chi Minh City for 13 years Unless you study harder, you ( not pass ) the final exam He suggests (take) the bus to school She (do) .her homework everyday She (live) in HaNoi Since 1988 IV Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) Electricity is the most common form of energy today In the modern world, electricity is very available at the touch of a switch Electricity has many uses The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting In factories, electricity is used to light up the work place It is also used to operate air conditioners, computers and many other machines Electricity is also used to power the many appliances that we have in our homes such as appliances include television sets, computers, electric fans, irons and many others The list is simply endless Modern man will most probably be lost without electricity Is electricity the most common form of energy today? What is the most common use of electricity? What people use electricity for at home? How would our life be if there were no electricity? V Rewrite these sentences(3pt) Alice is my friend Alice’s mother died last year.( relative clause ) ® “I will go to Hue tomorrow”.?”(Reported speech ) ®Mr Chi Said ……………………….……………… They have a car they rarely use it ( Although ) ® I Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others (1pt) 1.A C A B II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) D A B A 5.B 6.A 8.B III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) won’t pass/ will not pass taking did have lived IV Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) 7.D Yes, it is The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting (We use electricity for) TV sets, computers, electric fans, iron, and many other appliances at home Modern man would most probably be lost/ Our life would be lost (if there were no electricity) V Rewrite these sentences(3pt) 1.Alice whose mother died last year is my friend Mrs Chi said she would go to Hue the next day / the following day Although they have a car they rarely use it HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ANH KHẢO SÁT CHẤT LƯỢNG GIỮA KỲ II MÔN ANH Năm học : 2014-2015 Full name Class Number : 02 Time : 45 minutes I Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others (1pt) 1A energy B generous C category D suggest A celebrate B plumber C bulb D blanket II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) I’m learning English _I want to get a good job after school A although B so C but D because Let’s about my problem A talk B talking C to talk D talked If we go throwing trast , the environment will be polluted A in B on C at D among He laughed when he was watching “Tom and Jerry” on TV A happily B happy C happiness D unhappy She was sick yesterday, _she was absent from school A since B so C because D but That’s wonderful I’m pleased _you are working hard A that B with C what D where What are you looking ? My picture book I’ve lost it A on B off C in D for If you want to save money, you should the amount of water your family uses A increase B reduce C adapt D repair III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) Unless you study harder, you ( not pass ) the final exam He suggests (take) the bus to school She (do) .her homework everyday She (live) in HaNoi Since 1988 IV Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) Electricity is the most common form of energy today In the modern world, electricity is very available at the touch of a switch Electricity has many uses The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting In factories, electricity is used to light up the work place It is also used to operate air conditioners, computers and many other machines Electricity is also used to power the many appliances that we have in our homes such as appliances include television sets, computers, electric fans, irons and many others The list is simply endless Modern man will most probably be lost without electricity Is electricity the most common form of energy today? What is the most common use of electricity? What people use electricity for at home? 4.How would our life be if there were no electricity? V Rewrite these sentences(3pt) Alice is my friend Alice’s mother died last year.( relative clause ) ® “I live in the country ” Mr Tuan said (Reported speech ) ®Mr Tuan Said ……………………….……………… I couldn't sleep.I was tired ( Although ) ® HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ANH Number : 01 I Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others (1pt) 1.A A C B II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) D A B A 5.B 6.A 8.B III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) won’t pass/ will not pass taking did have lived IV Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) 7.D Yes, it is The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting (We use electricity for) TV sets, computers, electric fans, iron, and many other appliances at home Modern man would most probably be lost/ Our life would be lost (if there were no electricity) V Rewrite these sentences(3pt) 1.Alice whose mother died last year is my friend Mrs Chi said she would go to Hue the next day / the following day Although they have a car they rarely use it HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ANH Number : 02 I Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others (1pt) C B II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) D A B A 5.B 6.A 8.B III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) 7.D won’t pass/ will not pass taking does has lived IV Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) Yes, it is The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting (We use electricity for) TV sets, computers, electric fans, iron, and many other appliances at home Modern man would most probably be lost/ Our life would be lost (if there were no electricity) VI Rewrite these sentences(3pt) 1.Alice whose mother died last year is my friend Mr Tuan said he lived in the country I couldn't sleep although I was tired Thanks ! Day preparing :8/3/2016 Day of teaching:9/3/2016 I-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss revise grammar LESSON 1: MỆNH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss writes example use and , because , so …… III-New lesson A.Lý thuyết.I Relative pronouns Chữ đứng trước Chức Chủ ngữ ( Subject ) Tân ngữ ( Object) Sở hữu (Possessive ) Chỉ người Chỉ vật WHO WHOM WHOSE WHICH WHICH OF WHICH (Whose) WHO: người, thay cho chủ ngữ, (thay cho he, she, it, they hay danh từ) Ex: I saw the woman She wrote the book S (người)  who wrote the book  I saw the woman who wrote the book WHOM: người, làm tân ngữ, (thay cho him, her, it, them hay danh từ) Ex: I know the man You want to meet him O (người) whom you want to meet  I know the man whom you want to meet WHICH: vật, làm chủ ngữ hay tân ngữ, thay cho it, them, they, danh từ) Ex: The pencil is mine The pencil is on the desk S (vật)  which is on the desk  The pencil which is on the desk is mine WHOSE … sở hữu vật/ người, thay cho his, her, there, the…of… Ex: The girl is my sister You took the girl’s picture whose picture you took  The girl whose picture you took is my sister THAT: người/ vật .chủ ngữ/ tân ngữ, không thay danh từ riêng, thay danh từ chung/ so sánh WHERE nơi chốn, thay cho there/ here/ in that place Ex: Monday is the day We will come then (thời gian)  when we will come  Monday is the day when we will come WHEN thời gian, thay cho then, in/ at that time, on that day, Ex: I never forget the village I was born there (nơi chốn)  where I was born  I never forget the village where I was born Note: who, which, whose sau danh từ riêng có dấu phẩy * Eg: Monday is the day We will come then " Monday is the day when we will come I never forget the village I was born there " I never forget the village where I was born B Bài tập Kết hợp câu sau dùng đại từ quan hệ Alice is my friend Alice’s mother died last year 2.The boy will be punished He threw that stone Ann is very friendly She lives next door 4.The man is a famous actor You met him at the party last night 5.There are some words They are very difficult to translate 6.I was looking for a book this morning I’ve found it now 7.Is that the car? You want to buy it 8.Sandra works in advertising You were talking to her 9.The little girl ate sweets the whole way She sat next to me on the coach 10.Lan is a journalist Her tape recorder was stolen Keys 1.Alice, whose mother died last year, is my friend 2.The boy who threw that stone will punished Ann, who lives next door, is very friendly 4.The man who/ that you met at the party last night is a famous actor 5.There are some words that/ which are very difficult to translate 6.I’ve found the book that/which I was looking for this morning 7.Is that the car that/ which you want to buy? 8.Sandra, who you were talking to, works inadvertising 9.The little girl who/ that sat next to me on the coach ate sweets the whole way 10.Lan, whose tape recorder was stolen, is a journalist Day preparing :8/3/2016 Day of teaching:12/3/2016 LESSON 3-4 : BÀI TẬP VỀ MỆNH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ I-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss writes example use relative clause III-New lesson She is the most intelligent woman I’ve ever met this woman This doctor is famous You visited him yesterday These children are orphans She is taking care of these children The two young men are not good persons You are acquainted with them My father goes swimming everyday You met him this morning The man is my father I respect this man most The man is my father I respect his opinion most Mary and Margaret are twins You met them yesterday I’ll introduce you to the man His support is necessary for your project 10 The middle-aged man is the director My father is talking to him 11 The boy is my cousin You make fun of him 12 The student is from china He sits next to me 13 I thanked the woman This woman had helped me 14 The professor is excellent I am taking his course 15 Mr Smith said he was too busy to speak to me I had come to see him 16 I saw a lot of people and horses They went to market 17 Tom has three sisters All of them are married 18 I recently went back to Paris It is still as beautiful as a pearl 19 I recently went back to Paris I was born in Paris nearly 50 years ago 20 Do you know the music? It is being played on the radio KEY TO EXERCISES ON RELATIVE CLAUSES She is the most intelligent woman whom I’ve ever met 2.This doctor whom you visited yesterday is famous These children whom she is taking care of are orphans The two young men whom you are acquainted with are not good persons My father whom you met this morning goes swimming everyday The man whom I respect most is my father The man whose opinion I respect most is my father Mary and Margaret whom you met yesterday are twins I’ll introduce you to the man whose support is necessary for your project 10 The middle-aged man is the director whom my father is talking to 11 The boy whom you make fun of is my cousin 12 The student who sits next to me is from China 13 I thanked the woman who had helped me 14 The professor whose course I am taking is excellent 15 Mr Smith, who I had come to see, said he was too busy to speak to me 16 I saw a lot of people and horses that went to the market 17 Tom has three sisters, all of whom are married 18 I recently went back to Paris, which is still as beautiful as a pearl 19 I recently went back to Paris, in which I was born nearly 50 years ago 20.Do you know the music which is being played on the radio EXPERIENCES : Day preparing :14/3/2016 Day of teaching:18/3/2016 LESSON 5-6 : CONNECTIVES +PHRASAL VERBS MAKE SUGGESTIONS I-The aims : -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss writes example use relative III NEW LESSON 1.CONNECTIVES (từ nối – liên từ) * AND (và): dùng để nối hai từ hai mệnh đề có cùng giá trị Eừx: Lan likes cats and dogs * BUT (nhưng) : dùng để nối hai câu có nghĩa trái ngược Ex: They have a lot of money, but they’re not very happy * SO (vì thế, vì vậy): dùng mệnh đề kết Nó đứng trước mệnh đề mà nó giới thiệu Ex: He’s ill so he stays at home * THEREFORE (vì thế) : dùng thay cho SO tiếng Anh trang trọng Ex: The weather was too bad, our plan, therefore, had been changed * HOWEVER (tuy nhiênt) đứng trước theo sau mệnh đề mà nó giới thiệu nó sau từ cụm từ đầu tiên Ex: I will offer my cat to Hoa However, he may not like it * BECAUSE (bởi vì) dùng để lý Ex: She didn’t go to the zoo because she was ill Note: Chúng ta có thể dùng “because of” thay vì “ because” …… because + S + V ………because of + noun (phrase) Ex: I was late because of the traffic jam (kẹt xek) * OR (hay làh, là) Ex: Is your girl tall or short II Phrasal verbs: Trong Tiếng Anh, có số động từ gồm có hai nhiều hai yếu tố động từ sau + turn on something: bật + turn off something: tắt, đóng + put on something: mang vào, mặc vào + take off something: cởi + carry on / go on + V-ing: tiếp tục làm gì + look for someone/something: tìm kiếm / cái gì + look after someone/something: chăm sóc / cái gì + bring about something: mang lại cái gì + put out something: dập tắt (lửa/thuốc)  Lưu ý: Các đại từ làm tân ngữ là: it, him, her, them thường đặt vào động từ và trạng từ hay giới từ Eg: + No one is watching the television Turrn it off Đối với look for/ look after Eg: + We are looking for a flat to hire III Making suggestions Suggest + V-ing Eg: + I suggest going to the cinema * Lưu ý: Khi dùng cấu trúc SUGGEST + V-ing, nghị để người nghe làm gì thì chúng ta phải chuyển đại từ thành tính từ sở hữu sau: Pronouns Me Him Her It Possessives My His Her Its Pronouns You Us Them Possessives Your Our Their Eg: + We suggest his taking a rest + He suggested my flying to New York to see him Suggest + (that) + S + should + V(bare-inf) Eg: + I suggest we should save money + He suggest we shouldn’t go there Suggest + that + S + V (bare-inf) Nếu chúng ta không dùng should thì động từ mệnh đề sau SUGGEST giữ nguyên mẫu, không chia cho tất các ngôi Eg: + I suggest we jog every day + I suggest she jog every day + I suggest he not watch TV too much EXPERIENCES : Day preparing :14/3/2016 Day of teaching:19/3/2016 LESSON 7-8 : EXERCISES I-The aims: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss writes example use connectives + suggestions III NEW LESSON BT : Use AND, SO , BUT, HOWEVER, OR, SO, THEREFORE to complete the sentences e They are pretty _ intelligent f Do you live in the city _ in the country? g She was poor _ she was honest h There are people without homes, jobs or family BT : Use AND, SO, ALTHOUGH, BUT, BECAUSE or HOWEVER to join the following sentences a She isn’t English…………………., she speak English fluently b She went home ……………… she was tired c She can speak French ………………….she can’t write it d He work hard………………… he passed all his exam e She can speak English ………… she can’t write it f I’m learning Japanese……………….I like it g We haven’t got a dishwasher…………… We haven’t got a microwave oven h I haven’t got a car……………….I’ve got a motorbike * Bài tập nâng cao BT : Use AND, BUT, BECAUSE and SO to connect each half- sentence in column A with one half- sentence in column B You can write more than six sentences A B g Ann studied every subject very A she was not happy with her hard… results h Hoa was offered a vocation in B… she is not interested in the Singapore… subject in grade i Quynh could go to upperC… she won her school’s Best secondary school without Student Prize this year talking the entrance D …her parents did not let her go examination… to the beach with them j Van Anh was very good at E .her teacher of Vietnamese was Vietnamese in grade 8… very happy k Mai tried her best… F she failed the final exam last l Trang worked hard on year Vietnamese * Make suggestions: -suggest + V-ing a collect unused clothes I suggest collecting unused clothes b organize a show to raise money I suggest organizing a show to raise money -S+ suggest + that +S + should… a buy a good dictionary I suggest that you should buy a good dictionary b speak English in class I suggest that you should speak English in class BT Making suggestions for the following situations Your friend wants to save energy Make suggestions using the following ideas f Turn lights off when you leave the room g Avoid putting hot food into the fridge h Turn electronics ( computers, televisions, stereos, etc.) off when they are not in use i Don’t leave the bridge door open longer than necessary j Run the dishwasher / washing machine only when it’s full Your friend wants to save water Make suggestions using the following ideas f Repair dripping faucets g Check for toilet tank leaks h Take shorter showers i Turn the water off while brushing your teeth j EXPERIENCES : LESSON 9.10 : EXERCISES I-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss exercises III-New lesson Kết hợp câu sau dùng đại từ quan hệ Alice is my friend Alice’s mother died last year 2.The boy will be punished He threw that stone Ann is very friendly She lives next door 4.The man is a famous actor You met him at the party last night 5.There are some words They are very difficult to translate 6.I was looking for a book this morning I’ve found it now 7.Is that the car? You want to buy it 8.Sandra works in advertising You were talking to her 9.The little girl ate sweets the whole way She sat next to me on the coach 10.Lan is a journalist Her tape recorder was stolen 11.I don’t know the name of the woman I spoke to her on the phone 12 We often go to visit our friends in Bristol It’s only 30 miles away 13 This is Mr Carter I was telling you about him 14 That is the room The meeting is held in that room 15 I’ll always remember the day I first saw that sight on that day 16.She was born in Malaysia Rubber trees grow well there 17.No one knows the school My uncle taught at that school 10 years ago 18 Please ask them the time The train stared the trip at that time 19 New Year’s Day is a day All family members gather and enjoy a family dinner then 20 There are many hotels Tourists can enjoy their holidays there 21.India is a country.The earthquake occured in this country last month 22 Bac giang is a city I was born and grew up there 23 We have not decided the day We’ll go to London on that day 24 The man made me sad the most I love him with all my heart 25.The thief was caught This was a really good news 26 The gentleman was very young He was introduced as the most successful businessman 27 His book became the best seller.It was punished last year 28 Neil Armstrong lived in the USA He walked on the moon 29 Nam is very intelligent He learns in our class 30 Ha Long has grown into a big city over the past few years I visited the city last year Keys 1.Alice, whose mother died last year, is my friend 2.The boy who threw that stone will punished Ann, who lives next door, is very friendly 4.The man who/ that you met at the party last night is a famous actor 5.There are some words that/ which are very difficult to translate 6.I’ve found the book that/which I was looking for this morning 7.Is that the car that/ which you want to buy? 8.Sandra, who you were talking to, works inadvertising 9.The little girl who/ that sat next to me on the coach ate sweets the whole way 10.Lan, whose tape recorder was stolen, is a journalist 11 I don’t know the name of the woman who/ that I spoke to on the phone 12 We often go to visit our friends in Bristol, which is only 30 miles away 13 This is Mr Carter, who I was telling you about 14 That is the room where the meeting is held 15 I’ll always remember the day when I first saw that sight 16 She was born in Malaysia, where rubber trees grow well 17.No one knows the school where my uncle taught 10 years ago 18 Please ask them the time when the train stared the trip 19 New Year’s Day is the day when all family members gather and enjoy a family dinner 20 There are many hotels where tourists can enjoy their holidays 21.India is the country where we the earthquake occured last month 22 Bac Giang is the city where I was born and grew up 23 We have not decided the day when we’ll go to London 24.The man whom I love with all my heart made me sad the most 25 The thief was caught, that was a really good news 26 The gentleman who was introduced as the most successful businessman was very young 27 His book, which was punished last year, became the best seller 28 Neil Armstrong, who walked on the moon, lived in the USA 30 Ha Long, which I visited last week, has grown into a big over the past few years Planning date :26/2/2015 Teaching date:27/2/2015 LESSON 11,12 : COMPARISION I-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss exercises III-New lesson A Lý thuyết I.So sánh bằng: * form: S1 + V + as + adv + as + S2 S1 + Be + as + adj + as + S2 * eg: - She runs as quickly as her brother - John is as tall as Tom *so sánh không bằng/ kém * form: S1 + not + be/V + as/so + adj/adv + as + S2 S1 + be/V + less + adj/adv + than + S2 *eg: - He is not so good as his brother - I am less rich than you II.So sánh  Đối với tính từ, trạng từ ngắn *form: adv/adj + ER + than *eg: Mr Brown is older than Mr Peter He drives runner than I (do)  Đối với tính từ, trạng từ dài * form: more + adv/adj + than *eg: A car is more expensive than a bicycle Ha writes more carefully than Hai III.So sánh  Đối với tính từ, trạng từ ngắn * form: the + adv/adj + EST *eg: Ha is the tallest in the class Lan runs the fastest in the class  Đối với tính từ, trạng từ dài *form: the + most + adv/adj *eg: This is the most difficult lesson in the book Huong speaks English the most fluenty in my class * Các trường hợp ngoại lệ So sánh So sánh Good/ well (tốt) Better Best Bad/ badly (xấu) Worse Worst Many/ much (nhiều) More Most Little (ít) Less Least Far (xa) farther/further farthest/furthest B.Bài tập I.Chọn từ cụm từ đúng ngoặc 1.Of the four dresses, I like the red one(better/best) Bill is the (happier/happiest) person we know Pat’s cat is (faster/fastest) than Peter’s 4.This poster is (colourfuler/more colourful) than the one in the hall 5.Does Fred feel ( weller/better) today than he did yesterday? 6.This vegetable soup tastes very( good/best) 7.Jane is the ( less/least) athletic of all the women My cat is the ( prettier/ prettiest) of the two 9.This summary is ( the better/ the best) of the pair 10 The colder the weather gets,(sicker/the sicker) I feel I 1.best 2.happiest 3.faster more colourful better good 7.least prettier the better 10.the sicker Planning date :1/3/2015 Teaching date:2/3/2015 LESSON 13,14 : EXERCISES I-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss revise grammar -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand grammmar and exercises well II-The old lesson : Ss write form of comparition III-New lesson 1.Dùng hình thức đúng tính từ/ trạng từ ngoặc 1.Mary is (pretty) as her sister A new house is (expensive) than an old one His job is( important) than mine Of the four ties, I like the red one(well) Nobody is (happy) than Miss Snow 6.Today English is the ( international) of languages 7.Jonh is much( strong) than I thought Benches are ( comfortable) than arm- chairs Bill is (good) than you thought 10.Mr Bush is the (delightful) person I have ever known 11.Dick is the ( careful) of the three workers 12.Is the book( interesting) than the one you read last week? 13 Gold is ( precious) than iron 14.The weather today is ( warm) than the weather yesterday 15.This film is not (good) as the one we saw last week Viết lại câu sau, bắt đầu các từ cho sẵn 1.Yesterday the temperature was nine degrees Today it’s only six degrees => It’s …………………………………………………………………… 2.The journey takes four hours by car and five hours by train =>It takes………………………………………………………………… We were very busy at work today We are not as busy as that every day => We……………………………………………………………………… Jane cooks better than her sister => Jane’s sister…………………………………………………………… 5.Tom is the best football player in this team => Nobody in this team………………………………………………… I 1.as pretty 11 most careful more expensive 12 more interesting more important 13.more precious best 14.warm happier 15.so good most international 16.more pleasant 7.stronger 17.the highest 8.more comfortable 18 stronger better 19 fatter 10 most delightful 20.the largest II 1.It’s colder today than it was yesterday It takes more time to travel by train than by car 3.We were busier at work today than usual Jane’s sister doesn’t cook as well as Jane Nobody in this team plays football as well as Tom * Homework : Learn by heart form of comparition 1.Holidays are( pleasant) than working days 2.Which is ( high) mountain in your country? A house is ( strong) than a dog Robert is ( fat) than his brother 5.The Pacific is ( large) ocean in the world Ngay soan :23/4/2015 Ngay day : 24/4/2015 Period 37-38: ĐẠI TỪ QUAN HỆ A.Lý thuyết.I Relative pronouns Chữ đứng trước Chức Chủ ngữ ( Subject ) Tân ngữ ( Object) Sở hữu (Possessive ) Chỉ người Chỉ vật WHO WHOM WHOSE WHICH WHICH OF WHICH (Whose) WHO: người, thay cho chủ ngữ, (thay cho he, she, it, they hay danh từ) Ex: I saw the woman She wrote the book S (người)  who wrote the book  I saw the woman who wrote the book WHOM: người, làm tân ngữ, (thay cho him, her, it, them hay danh từ) Ex: I know the man You want to meet him O (người) whom you want to meet  I know the man whom you want to meet WHICH: vật, làm chủ ngữ hay tân ngữ, thay cho it, them, they, danh từ) Ex: The pencil is mine The pencil is on the desk S (vật)  which is on the desk  The pencil which is on the desk is mine WHOSE … sở hữu vật/ người, thay cho his, her, there, the…of… Ex: The girl is my sister You took the girl’s picture whose picture you took  The girl whose picture you took is my sister THAT: người/ vật .chủ ngữ/ tân ngữ, không thay danh từ riêng, thay danh từ chung/ so sánh WHERE nơi chốn, thay cho there/ here/ in that place Ex: Monday is the day We will come then (thời gian)  when we will come  Monday is the day when we will come WHEN thời gian, thay cho then, in/ at that time, on that day, Ex: I never forget the village I was born there (nơi chốn)  where I was born  I never forget the village where I was born Note: who, which, whose sau danh từ riêng có dấu phẩy * Eg: Monday is the day We will come then " Monday is the day when we will come I never forget the village I was born there " I never forget the village where I was born B Bài tập Kết hợp câu sau dùng đại từ quan hệ Alice is my friend Alice’s mother died last year 2.The boy will be punished He threw that stone Ann is very friendly She lives next door 4.The man is a famous actor You met him at the party last night 5.There are some words They are very difficult to translate 6.I was looking for a book this morning I’ve found it now 7.Is that the car? You want to buy it 8.Sandra works in advertising You were talking to her 9.The little girl ate sweets the whole way She sat next to me on the coach 10.Lan is a journalist Her tape recorder was stolen 11.I don’t know the name of the woman I spoke to her on the phone 12 We often go to visit our friends in Bristol It’s only 30 miles away 13 This is Mr Carter I was telling you about him Keys 1.Alice, whose mother died last year, is my friend 2.The boy who threw that stone will punished Ann, who lives next door, is very friendly 4.The man who/ that you met at the party last night is a famous actor 5.There are some words that/ which are very difficult to translate 6.I’ve found the book that/which I was looking for this morning 7.Is that the car that/ which you want to buy? 8.Sandra, who you were talking to, works inadvertising 9.The little girl who/ that sat next to me on the coach ate sweets the whole way 10.Lan, whose tape recorder was stolen, is a journalist 11 I don’t know the name of the woman who/ that I spoke to on the phone 12 We often go to visit our friends in Bristol, which is only 30 II.Dùng hình thức đúng tính từ/ trạng từ ngoặc 1.Mary is (pretty) as her sister A new house is (expensive) than an old one His job is( important) than mine Of the four ties, I like the red one(well) Nobody is (happy) than Miss Snow 6.Today English is the ( international) of languages 7.Jonh is much( strong) than I thought Benches are ( comfortable) than arm- chairs Bill is (good) than you thought 10.Mr Bush is the (delightful) person I have ever known 11.Dick is the ( careful) of the three workers 12.Is the book( interesting) than the one you read last week? 13 Gold is ( precious) than iron 14.The weather today is ( warm) than the weather yesterday 15.This film is not (good) as the one we saw last week 16.Holidays are( pleasant) than working days 17.Which is ( high) mountain in your country? 18 A house is ( strong) than a dog 19 Robert is ( fat) than his brother 20.The Pacific is ( large) ocean in the world III Viết lại câu sau, bắt đầu các từ cho sẵn 1.Yesterday the temperature was nine degrees Today it’s only six degrees => It’s …………………………………………………………………… 2.The journey takes four hours by car and five hours by train =>It takes………………………………………………………………… We were very busy at work today We are not as busy as that every day => We……………………………………………………………………… Jane cooks better than her sister => Jane’s sister…………………………………………………………… 5.Tom is the best football player in this team => Nobody in this team………………………………………………… Keys I 1.best 2.happiest 3.faster more colourful better good 7.least prettier the better 10.the sicker II 1.as pretty 11 most careful more expensive 12 more interesting more important 13.more precious best 14.warm happier 15.so good most international 16.more pleasant 7.stronger 17.the highest 8.more comfortable 18 stronger better 19 fatter 10 most delightful 20.the largest III Contents *Grammar: 1.Simple present tense Thì thờng với động từ tobe: thì, là, am Tobe is are (+)S + Tobe + adj/ N (-) S + Tobe + not + adj/ N (?) Tobe + S + adj/ N ? -Yes, S + tobe/ -No, S + tobe + not *Note: I : am She, He, It, 1TR : is We, You, They, 2TR : are Thì thờng với động từ thờng: (Đối với Methods -Nghĩa động từ tobe là g×? c¸c ng«i I/ We/ You/ They/ (+) S + V + (-) S + don’t + V + (?) Do + S + V + ? -Yes, S + do/ -No, S + don’t C¸c tõ ®i kÌm víi th× hiÖn t¹i thêng: Everyday, today, every week, every month, In the morning, in the afternoon, *C¸c tr¹ng tõ tÇn xuÊt: Always, usually, often, sometimes, *Vị trí: Đứng sau chủ ngữ, trớc động từ thờng, đứng sau tobe, đứng sau trợ động từ .C¸ch dïng: -Dùng để diễn tả thói quen tại, hành động lặp lặp lại Ex: Lan goes to school at 6.20 everyday -DiÔn t¶ sù thËt hiÓn nhiªn Ex: The earth goes round the sun (+) S + Vs/es…………… (-) S + doesn’t + V-nd……… (?) Does + S + V-nd…………? -Yes, S + does/ -No, S + doesn’t .Cách thêm s/es vào sau động từ: -Thông thờng ta thêm s vào sau động từ thờng VD: work > Works - §éng tõ kÕt thóc b»ng o, x, sh, ch, s ta thªm es VD: watch > watches -§éng tõ kÕt thóc b»ng Y: NÕu tríc Y lµ nguyªn ©m th× thªm s: plays Nếu trớc Y là phụ âm thì đổi Y >I thêm es4.C¸ch ph¸t ©m ®u«i s/ es: /-s/: k, f, p, t Ex: works /-iz/: s, sh, ch, z, x Ex: misses- watches /-z/ : o, i, v vµ c¸c ©m cßn l¹i Ex: goes - travels 4.My parents are workers 5.Peter watches TV in the morning 2.The present continuous tense T gives somes examples: a She (play)…………tennis now T asks sts to put the verbs in correct -Tobe thì đợc chia làm mÊy d¹ng? -Em h·y nh¾c l¹i c¸c d¹ng c«ng thức động từ tobe? -C¸c chñ ng÷ ®i kÌm tobe? -VD: She is beautiful She isn’t beautiful Is she beautiful? -Công thức động từ thờng víi c¸c chñ ng÷ I, we,you, they, 2TR? -C¸c tõ ®i kÌm víi THTT? -C¸c tr¹ng tõ tÇn xuÊt lµ g×? VÞ trÝ cña chóng nh thÕ nµo? VD: Lan is always beautiful tense ? Which tense is used in these sentences ? (present continuous tense ) ? Who can tell me the form of the present continuous tense ? Form: +) S + am/is/are + V-ing + O +… - ) S + am/is/are + not + V-ing + O +… ? ) Am/Is/Are + S + V-ing + O +….? Yes, S + am/is/are No, S + am/is/are + not .Usage - Diễn tả hành động xảy vào lúc nói - Diễn tả hành động xẩy (ở tơng lai ) He is coming tomorrow We are having a party next Sunday What are you doing tonight ? C¸ch nhËn biÕt: Now, right now, at the moment, at the present Look!, Listen!, Keep silent!, quiet!, Be careful! (những từ này đứng đầu câu ) 3.Simple future tense -C«ng thøc: (+) S + will/ shall + V-inf (-) S + won’t/ shan’t + V-inf (?) Will/ Shall + S + V-inf ? -Yes, S + will/ shall -No, S + won’t/ shan’t Notes: I, we : shall/ will You, they, she, he, it : will -C¸c tõ ®i kÌm: -tomorrow, next week, next month, next year, in the future -Th× t¬ng lai gÇn cã thÓ thay thÕ cho th× t¬ng lai thờng để diễn tả dự định hay kế hoạch đã v¹ch s½n (+) S + am/ is/ are + going to + V-inf Ex: I am going to play tennis this afternoon *-Homework: -To learn the forms by heart -To exercises Put the verbs in correct form to complete the sentences They (be)………my teachers Em h·y nh¾c l¹i c¸c d¹ng c«ng thøc cña th× t¬ng lai thêng? -Nh÷ng chñ ng÷ nµo ®i will/ shall -Em h·y nh¾c l¹i c¸c tõ ®i kÌm víi th× t¬ng lai thêng? -Th× t¬ng lai thêng vµ th× t¬ng Minh sometimes (go) ………….swimming in summer He (not be)……… a doctor What (you/ do)……… every morning ? I (not/ know)………… her name lai gÇn cã thay thÕ cho dîc kh«ng? Planning date :11/10/2014 Teaching date:16/10/2014 BUỔI : LESSON 3,4 A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss revise the simple present tense with tobe and simple verbs -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the simple present , Present Progressive,Simple future tense more clearly and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: Ss write form simple present , Simple future tense , exercises III Newlesson Bµi 1:ViÕt d¹ng t¾t cña c¸c tobe sau: 1-He is = 4-It is = 2-They are = 5-I am not = 3-She is not = 6-You are not = Bµi 2: §iÒn am/ is/ are vµo mçi chç trèng sau: 1.The weather _very nice today 2.I _not tired 3.This case very heavy 4.These bags _ very heavy 5.The dog _asleep 6.I hot 7.My brother and I good students 8.Ann at home but her children at home 9.I _a student and my sister a doctor 10.Hung hot but his brother cold Bµi 3: Dïng c¸c tõ gîi ý hoàn thành c¸c c©u sau: 1.They/ live/ London 2.You/ live/ England? 3.We/ live/ flat 4.Our parents/ live/ small flat 5.Mr and Mrs Brown/ live/ Regent street VD: study >studies *Answer key 1: 1.He’s 4.It’s 2.They’re 5.I’m not 3.She isn’t 6.You’re *Answer key 2: 1.is 6.am 2.am 7.are 3.is 8.is - are 4.are 9.am - is 5.is 10.is - is *Answer key 3: 1.They live in London 2.Do you live in England? 3.We live in a flat 4.Our parents live in a small flat 5.Mr and Mrs Brown live on Regent street Bài 4:Chuyển các câu sau sang dạng phủ định và nghi vấn: 1.She speaks four languages 2.Steve smokes ten cigarettes a day 3-We usually have dinner at o’clock Bài 5: Cho dạng đúng động từ ngoặc: 1.She (wish) to speak to you 2.He (not usually watch) TV too much 3.You (like) boided eggs? 4.He often (have) lunch at eleven 5.What you (do) every morning? 6.The last train always (leave) the station at 12 p.m 7.My father and I never (go) out for lunch Experiences …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………… Planning date :19/10/2014 Teaching date:23/10/2014 BUỔI : LESSON 5,6 The simple past tense+ Past Continous tense + PRESENT PERFECT A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss revise the simple past tense -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the simple past tense, past continous tense , present perfect tense more clearly B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks: -How are you today? -Who’s absent today? III-New lesson: Contents Methods I-Grammar: 1-Thì quá khứ thờng với động từ thờng: -Em hay nh¾c l¹i c«ng thøc th× (+) S + V-ed / V-pp………… quá khứ thờng động từ th(-) S + didn’t + V-inf……… êng? (?) Did + S + V-inf…………? Ex: I went to school late -Yes, S + did yesterday -No, S + didn’t >I didn’t go to school late Notes: V-ed : là động từ có quy tắc yesterday V-p1: là động từ bất quy tắc (phải học >Did you go to school late thuéc) yesterday? 2-Thì quá khứ thờng với động từ Tobe: Tobe : was, were -Tobe thì quá khứ đợc chia làm (+) S + was/ were + adj/ N mÊy d¹ng? (-) S + wasn’t/ weren’t + adj/ N (?) Was/ Were + S + adj/ N ? -C«ng thøc cña tobe th× qu¸ khø -Yes, S + was/ were cã d¹ng nh thÕ nµo? -No, S + wasn’t/ weren’t *Note: we, you, they, 2TR : were I, she, he, it, 1TR : was 3-Cách thêm đuôi ed vào sau động từ: -Thông thờng ta thêm ed vào sau động từ thờng VD: work > Worked - §éng tõ kÕt thóc b»ng e ta chØ thªm d VD: live > lived -§éng tõ kÕt thóc b»ng y: NÕu tríc y lµ nguyªn ©m th× thªm ed: VD: play >played Nếu trớc y là phụ âm thì đổi y >i thêm ed VD: study >studied -§éng tõ kÕt thóc b»ng phô ©m mµ tríc nã lµ nguyên âm thì nhân đôi phụ âm sau đó thêm đuôi ed VD: Stop >stopped *§éng tõ bÊt quy t¾c ph¶i häc thuéc lßng 1-C¸ch dïng: -Diễn tả hành động xảy quá khứ và không còn liên quan đến -Diễn tả hành động xảy và hoàn thành qu¸ khø -Dùng để kể lại câu chuyện: 2-Cách đọc đuôi ed: /-ed/: d, t VD: wanted, needed -Was, were :®i víi nh÷ng chñ ng÷ nµo? /-t/: k, f, p, ce, ch, sh, s, x VD: watched, washed, practiced Bµi 2: 1.My aunt didn’t give me a present 2-It rained until five o’clock 3.She brought a bottle of wine 4.I drank coffee, but I didn’t eat the cake I knew the answer 6.Alice didn’t come back from America last month 7.He didn’t forget his passport and he didn’t lose his ticket /-d/ : c¸c ©m cßn l¹i VD: raised, opened -C¸c tõ ®i kÌm : Yesterday, last week/ month/ year/ summer/ night……., ago, in 1991 bµi tËp bæ trî Bµi 1:§æi c¸c c©u sau sang d¹ng qu¸ khø cña TOBE: 1.John is in class 2.The classroom is hot 3.I’m in the sitting-room 4.I’m tired today -Nh÷ng trêng hîp thªm ®u«i ed vào sau động từ? -Em h·y cho vÝ dô tõng lo¹i? *§¸p ¸n c¸c bµi tËp: Bµi 1: John was in class 2.The classroom was hot 3.I was in the sitting-room 4.I was tired today 5.Mary was in the library 6.Mai and Lan were absent today 7.We were in the garden 8.She was tired, so she went to bed 5.Mary is in the library 6.Mai and Lan are absent today 7.We’re in the garden Bài 2: Đổi các câu khẳng định sang dạng phủ định và ngợc lại: 1.My aunt gave me a present 2-It didn’t rain until five o’clock 3.She didn’t bring a bottle of wine 4.I didn’t drink coffee, but I ate the cake 5.I didn’t know the answer Th× qu¸ khø tiếp diễn (+)S + was/ were + V-ing………… (-) S + was/ were + not + V-ing…… (?) Was/ Were + S + V-ing……….? -Yes, S + was/ were -No, S + was/ were + not 2-C¸c tõ ®i kÌm: At o’clock last night, at this time last week/ month/ year, when + QKT, while *Một số động từ không chia thì tiếp diễn: Hear, know, understand, have, love, like, want, prefer, need, wish……… The simple present tense (+) S + have/ has + V-pp (-) S + have / has + not + V-pp (?) Have/ Has + S + V-pp .? -Yes, S + have/ has -No, S + have/ hasn’t Notes: Have: they, we, you, 2TR Has : I, she, he, it, 1TR *C¸ch dïng: -DiÔn t¶ sù viÖc võa míi x¶y Ex: she has just arrived at the airport They have begun a new English class recently -DiÔn t¶ sù viÖc x¶y nhng kh«ng nhí râ thêi gian Ex: I have already seen that play -Have you ever been to New York? -He has not repaired his car yet? -Diễn tả việc đã xảy quá khứ và còn liên quan đến -Em h·y nh¾c l¹i c«ng thøc th× qu¸ khø tiÕp diÔn? Ex: I was going to school at 6.30 yesterday > I wasn’t going to school at 6.30 yesterday > Was you going to school at 6.30 yesterday? -Was, were :®i víi nh÷ng chñ ng÷ nµo? -C¸c tõ ®i kÌm víi th× qu¸ khø tiÕp diÔn? -Những động từ nào không đợc chia ë th× qu¸ khø tiÕp diÔn? *§¸p ¸n c¸c bµi tËp: Bµi 1: 1.I was reading a book 2.Were Mary and Betty practising their music lessons? 3.You were going fishing at this time last Sunday 4.These students were playing games at 4.00 yesterday 5.My father was cutting the flowers in the garden 6.I was helping my father to mend the bicycle 7.They were doing their homework at 8.00 last night Ex: I have lived in Lam Cot since 2004 I have lived in Lam Cot for years * Adverbs : - last (year, month, week, Monday…) - ago - yesterday - in/on + past time II-Practice: Bµi tập : H·y viÕt c©u dïng th× qu¸ khø tiÕp diÔn: 1.I/ read a book 2.Mary and Betty/ practise their music lessons? 3.You/ go fishing at this time last Sunday 4.These students/ play games at 4.00 yesterday 5.My father/ cut the flowers in the garden _ 8.Was Lan watching TV at this time yesterday? 9.He was listening to the radio after dinner 10.My mother was going to the seaside at this time last night Bµi 2: 1.Tom and Ben weren’t in New York last summer 2.They didn’t start there for half a month 3.She will not buy some eggs tomorrow morning 4.We didn’t come there by ship five years ago 5.My father didn’t raise hens and cows on a farm IV-Consolidation:T asks Ss to retell: -C«ng thøc vµ c¸ch thªm ®u«i ed cña th× qu¸ khø thêng? V-Homework: -To learn the forms by heart -To exercises in your notebooks again Experiences …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………… Ngµy d¹y: Period exercises A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss revise the simple present tense with tobe and simple verbs -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the simple present and Present Progressive tense more clearly and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T introduces the aims and the requests of this subject Contents Bµi 1:Em h·y ®iÒn tõ thÝch hîp vµo chç trèng ®o¹n v¨n sau: Peter wakes up at 7.00 o’clock, but he doesn’t _1_ up until a quarter past seven He a shower and gets dressed. breakfast, he cleans teeth He leaves his houses at eight o’clock and catches the train Manchester On the train, he the newspaper and the crossword He comes at about half six in the evening After dinner, he washes up Then he usually 10 TV He goes to bed at about 11.30 Methods *Answer key: 1.get 2.takes/has 3.After 4.his 5.to 6.reads 7.does 8.home 9.past 10.watches 1.How old are you? 2.How you spell your name? 3.How many students are there in your class? 4.What you do? 5.Who does she live with? 6.How are you? -Ss match A with B individually B a.I’m fine, Thanks b.I am a student c.N-H-U-N-G, Nhung d.She lives with her aunt e.I’m thirty years old f.There are 40 students Bài 3:Cho dạng đúng động từ ngoÆc: 1.Viet (not have) literature on Friday 2.What time you (start) your classes? 3.You (be) in class 9A? Ss put the verbs in the brackets in present simple tense *Answer key: 1.doesn’t have 2.Do you start 3.Are you 4.watches Bµi 2:Nèi A víi B: A 4.Every morning, My father (watch) TV 5.My sister (have) breakfast and (go) to school at half past six every morning 6.We (not read) books after lunch 7.Tom (be) my friend He (play) sports everyday 8.Your students (play) soccer every afternoon? 9.It always (rain) in summer 10.My grandfather always (get) up early and (go) walking Bµi 4: Dïng tõ gîi ý viÕt thµnh c©u hoµn chØnh: 1.every/ afternoon/ school/ Ba/ housework/ and/ listen/ music 2.Hoa/ brother/ have/ classes/ 7.30/ to/ 11.15 3.What/ your/ sister/ play/ afternoon? 4.Every evening/ David/ stay/ home/ and/ homework 5.You/ TV/ or/ sports/ after/ school? 6.Hien/ not/ have/ math/ Monday/ Saturday 7.What time/ you/ finish/ classes/ morning? 8.daughter/ go/ bed/ quarter/ to eleven? 9.He/ have/ big/ breakfast/ and/ go/ school 10.They/ not/ listen/ music/ after/ dinner 5.has - goes 6.don’t read 8.Do …play 9.rains 10.gets - goes T asks Ss to complete the sentences 1.Every afternoon after school Ba does the housework and listens to music 2.Hoa’s brother has his classes from 7.30 to 11.15 3.What does your sister play in the afternoon? 4.Every evening David stays at home and does his homework 5.Do you watch TV or play sports after school? 6.Hien does not have math on Monday and Saturday IV-Consolidation:T asks Ss to retell: -C¸c d¹ng c«ng thøc cña th× HTTD? -c¸ch viÕt chÝnh t¶ thªm ®u«i –ing? V-Homework: -To learn the forms by heart -To exercises in your notebooks again Ngµy so¹n: Ngµy d¹y: Period The simple future tense+ Used to exercises A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss revise the simple future tense 7.is - plays -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the simple future tense more clearly and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks: -How are you today? -Who’s absent today? III-New lesson: Contents I-Grammar: 3.Simple present tense -C«ng thøc: (+) S + will/ shall + V-inf (-) S + won’t/ shan’t + V-inf (?) Will/ Shall + S + V-inf ? -Yes, S + will/ shall -No, S + won’t/ shan’t Notes: I, we : shall/ will You, they, she, he, it : will -C¸c tõ ®i kÌm: -tomorrow, next week, next month, next year, in the future -Th× t¬ng lai gÇn cã thÓ thay thÕ cho th× t¬ng lai thờng để diễn tả dự định hay kế hoạch đã v¹ch s½n (+) S + am/ is/ are + going to + V-inf Ex: I am going to play tennis this afternoon Grammar: -Diễn tả hành động xảy tơng lai Ex: Tom travels a lot Today she is in London Tomorrow she’ll be in Rome Next week she’ll in Tokyo -Diễn tả đề nghị Ex: Shall I open the door? -Ai đó nghĩ làm gì: Ex: I think Peter will pass the exam Methods -Em h·y nh¾c l¹i c¸c d¹ng c«ng thøc cña th× t¬ng lai thêng? -Nh÷ng chñ ng÷ nµo ®i will/ shall -Em h·y nh¾c l¹i c¸c tõ ®i kÌm víi th× t¬ng lai thêng? -Th× t¬ng lai thêng vµ th× t¬ng lai gÇn cã thay thÕ cho dîc kh«ng? *Answer key 1: 1.am going to wash 2.am going to walk 3.is going to study 4.is going to rain 5.am going to eat 6.are going to give 7.am going to lie -Không sử dụng will/ shall cho dự định đã xếp định làm.Thay be going to: Ex: We are going to the theater on Saturday We had the tickets (not “we will go” * Used to Used to: past habit not happen at present e.g She used to walk to school Be (get) used to: a get used to (= be acquainted with) e.g She has got used to walking to office b be used to (be familiar with) e.g He was used to walking to office II-Practice: Bµi 1: Hoµn thµnh c¸c c©u sau sö dông going to cộng các động từ sau: Eat give lie rain study walk wash 1.My hair is dirty I it 2.I don’t want to go home by bus I _ 3.Jonh’s university course begins in October He engineering 4.Take an umbrella with you It 5.I’m hungry I _this sandwich 6.It’s Peter’s birthday next week We _ him a present 7.I feel tired I _down for an hour Bài 2:Chọn đáp án đúng nhất: 1.We (will go/ are going) to the theater tonight We have got the tickets 2.What (will you do/ are you doing) tomorrow evening? –Nothing, I’m free 3.I (will go/ am going) away tomorrow morning My train is at 8.00 4.Why are you putting on your coast? –(I’ll go out/ I’m going out) 5.She can’t meet us on Saturday (She’ll work/ she is going to work) *Answer key: 1.am going 2.will you 3.am going 4.I’m going out 5.She’ll work bµi tËp bæ trî Bµi 1: Sö dông will/ shall thay cho be going to: 1.Is Daisy going to have an appointment next week? 2.We aren’t going to learn English with Mrs Young 3.Marry and Betty are going to sing a song 4.I am not going to be late for school tomorrow morning 5.My mother is going to have milk and bread for breakfast 6.What are we going to tonight? 7.I am going to write a dictation tomorrow 8.Is Tom going to have a bath or eat breakfast first? 9.Are Ben and Peter going to have a test next week? 10.He isn’t going to get up early tomorrow morning Bµi 2: S¾p xÕp c¸c tõ sau cho c©u cã nghÜa: 1.plant/ morning/ shall/ tomorrow/ we/ the/ in/ the/ trees/ garden -2.cornflakes/ supper/ will/ for/ and/ your/ toast/ parents/ have/ milk? -3.be/ next/ my/ morning/ won’t/ the/ friends/ late/ Sunday/ for/ meeting -4.or/ get/ will/ first/ you/ dressed/ breakfast/ eat? -5.we/ for/ shall/ have/ tomorrow/ breakfast/ what? Bài 3: Cho dạng đúng động từ ngoÆc: 1.What (be) today? Today (be) Sunday 2.David (be) here next week 3.What Tom and Mary (do) at the moment? *Answer key 1: 1.Will Daisy have an appointment next week? 2.We shan’t learn English with Mrs Young 3.Marry and Betty will sing a song 4.I shall not be late for school tomorrow morning 5.My mother will have milk and bread for breakfast 6.What shall we tonight? 7.I shall write a dictation tomorrow 8.Will Tom have a bath or eat breakfast first? 9.Will Ben and Peter have a test next week? 10.He won’t get up early tomorrow morning *Answer key 2: 1.We shall plant trees in the garden tomorrow morning 2.Will your parents have cornflakes, toast and milk for supper? 3.My friends won’t be late for the meeting next Sunday morning 4.Will you get dressed or eat breakfast first? 5.What shall we have for breakfast tomorrow? *Answer key 3: 1.is - is 2.will be 3.are…doing 4.My sister always (do) her homework at o’clock 5.I (not get) up late tomorrow morning 6.My father usually (have) a cup of tea in the morning 7.What Mary and Daisy (do) next Sunday afternoon? 8.How long lights there (be) on the ceiling? 4.does 5.shan’t get 6.has 7.will…do 8.are there IV-Consolidation:T asks Ss to retell: -C¸c d¹ng c«ng thøc cña th× TLT? -C¸c tõ ®i kÌm víi th× TLT? V-Homework: -To learn the forms by heart -To exercises in your notebooks again The simple past tense+ Past Continous tense A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss revise the simple past tense -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the simple past tense more clearly and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks: -How are you today? -Who’s absent today? III-New lesson: Contents I-Grammar: 1-Thì quá khứ thờng với động từ thờng: (+) S + V-ed / V-p1………… (-) S + didn’t + V-inf……… (?) Did + S + V-inf…………? -Yes, S + did -No, S + didn’t Methods -Em hay nh¾c l¹i c«ng thøc th× quá khứ thờng động từ thờng? Ex: I went to school late yesterday >I didn’t go to school late Notes: V-ed : là động từ có quy tắc V-p1: là động từ bất quy tắc (phải học thuéc) yesterday >Did you go to school late yesterday? 2-Thì quá khứ thờng với động từ Tobe: Tobe : was, were -Tobe thì quá khứ đợc chia làm mÊy d¹ng? (+) S + was/ were + adj/ N (-) S + wasn’t/ weren’t + adj/ N (?) Was/ Were + S + adj/ N ? -Yes, S + was/ were -No, S + wasn’t/ weren’t *Note: we, you, they, 2TR : were I, she, he, it, 1TR : was -C«ng thøc cña tobe th× qu¸ khø cã d¹ng nh thÕ nµo? 3-Cách thêm đuôi ed vào sau động từ: -Thông thờng ta thêm ed vào sau động từ thờng VD: work > Worked - §éng tõ kÕt thóc b»ng e ta chØ thªm d VD: live > lived -§éng tõ kÕt thóc b»ng y: NÕu tríc y lµ nguyªn ©m th× thªm ed: VD: play >played Nếu trớc y là phụ âm thì đổi y >i thêm ed VD: study >studied -§éng tõ kÕt thóc b»ng phô ©m mµ tríc nã lµ nguyên âm thì nhân đôi phụ âm sau đó thêm đuôi ed VD: Stop >stopped *§éng tõ bÊt quy t¾c ph¶i häc thuéc lßng -Nh÷ng trêng hîp thªm ®u«i ed vào sau động từ? 1-C¸ch dïng: -Diễn tả hành động xảy quá khứ và không còn liên quan đến -Diễn tả hành động xảy và hoàn thành qu¸ khø -Dùng để kể lại câu chuyện: 2-Cách đọc đuôi ed: /-ed/: d, t VD: wanted, needed -Was, were :®i víi nh÷ng chñ ng÷ nµo? -Em h·y cho vÝ dô tõng lo¹i? *§¸p ¸n c¸c bµi tËp: Bµi 1: John was in class 2.The classroom was hot 3.I was in the sitting-room 4.I was tired today 5.Mary was in the library 6.Mai and Lan were absent today 7.We were in the garden Bµi 2: 1.My aunt didn’t give me a present 2-It rained until five o’clock 3.She brought a bottle of wine 4.I drank coffee, but I didn’t eat the cake /-t/: k, f, p, ce, ch, sh, s, x VD: watched, washed, practiced /-d/ : c¸c ©m cßn l¹i VD: raised, opened -C¸c tõ ®i kÌm : Yesterday, last week/ month/ year/ summer/ night……., ago, in 1991 I knew the answer 6.Alice didn’t come back from America last month 7.He didn’t forget his passport and he didn’t lose his ticket 8.She was tired, so she went to bed bµi tËp bæ trî Bµi 1:§æi c¸c c©u sau sang d¹ng qu¸ khø cña TOBE: 1.John is in class 2.The classroom is hot 3.I’m in the sitting-room 4.I’m tired today 5.Mary is in the library 6.Mai and Lan are absent today 7.We’re in the garden Bài 2: Đổi các câu khẳng định sang dạng phủ định và ngợc lại: 1.My aunt gave me a present 2-It didn’t rain until five o’clock 3.She didn’t bring a bottle of wine 4.I didn’t drink coffee, but I ate the cake 5.I didn’t know the answer 6.Alice came back from America last month 7.He forgot his passport and he lost his ticket 8.She wasn’t tired, so she didn’t go to bed Contents I-Grammar: 1-C«ng thøc: (+)S + was/ were + V-ing………… (-) S + was/ were + not + V-ing…… (?) Was/ Were + S + V-ing……….? -Yes, S + was/ were -No, S + was/ were + not Methods -Em h·y nh¾c l¹i c«ng thøc th× qu¸ khø tiÕp diÔn? Ex: I was going to school at 6.30 yesterday > I wasn’t going to school at 6.30 yesterday > Was you going to school at 2-C¸c tõ ®i kÌm: At o’clock last night, at this time last week/ month/ year, when + QKT, while 6.30 yesterday? -Was, were :®i víi nh÷ng chñ ng÷ nµo? *Một số động từ không chia thì tiếp diễn: Hear, know, understand, have, love, like, want, prefer, need, wish……… -C¸c tõ ®i kÌm víi th× qu¸ khø tiÕp diÔn? -Những động từ nào không đợc chia ë th× qu¸ khø tiÕp diÔn? II-Practice: Bµi 1: H·y viÕt c©u dïng th× qu¸ khø tiÕp diÔn: 1.I/ read a book 2.Mary and Betty/ practise their music lessons? 3.You/ go fishing at this time last Sunday 4.These students/ play games at 4.00 yesterday 5.My father/ cut the flowers in the garden 6.I/ help my father to mend the bicycle 7.They/ their homework at 8.00 last night _ 8.Lan/ watch TV at this time yesterday? _ 9.He/ listen to the radio after dinner _ 10.My mother/ go to the seaside at this time last night _ Bµi 2: ChuyÓn c¸c c©u sau sang d¹ng phñ định: 1.Tom and Ben were in New York last summer _ 2.They started there for half a month 3.She will buy some eggs tomorrow morning _ 4.We came there by ship five years ago _ 5.My father raised hens and cows on a farm *§¸p ¸n c¸c bµi tËp: Bµi 1: 1.I was reading a book 2.Were Mary and Betty practising their music lessons? 3.You were going fishing at this time last Sunday 4.These students were playing games at 4.00 yesterday 5.My father was cutting the flowers in the garden 6.I was helping my father to mend the bicycle 7.They were doing their homework at 8.00 last night 8.Was Lan watching TV at this time yesterday? 9.He was listening to the radio after dinner 10.My mother was going to the seaside at this time last night Bµi 2: 1.Tom and Ben weren’t in New York last summer 2.They didn’t start there for half a month 3.She will not buy some eggs tomorrow morning 4.We didn’t come there by ship five years ago 5.My father didn’t raise hens and cows on a farm _ IV-Consolidation:T asks Ss to retell: -C«ng thøc vµ c¸ch thªm ®u«i ed cña th× qu¸ khø thêng? V-Homework: -To learn the forms by heart -To exercises in your notebooks again Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 5: bµi tËp bæ trî Full name : ………………………………Class 15 Minute Test I.Chọn phương án đúng (A B, C, D) mà phần gạch chân có cách phát âm khác với các từ còn lại 1/ A edition B village C intermediate D shrine 2/ A posted B.walked C.developed D.watched 3/ A mountain B count C young D found 4/ A grocery B academy C excellent D bicycle II Chọn từ hay cụm từ đúng số A, B, C D và khoanh tròn chúng : ) 1/ Yoko was .by the beauty and the friendliness of Vietnamese people A/ impressed B/ impress C/ impressing D/ impresses 2/ I wish I here longer A/ stay B/ can stay C/ stayed D/ could to stay 3/ She used .past the rice paddy on her way to school A/ walking B/ walked C/ walk D/ to walk 4/ If you go to study on a campus , you can stay in a A/ hotel B/ dormitory C/ house D/ apartment 5/ The film was so interesting , he stay up late to watch it A/ and B/ because C/ but D/ so 6/ I go to school .Monday Saturday A/ from / to B/ on / on C/ between / to D/ in / in 7/ Hoa likes watching music programs , ? A/ does she B/ doesn’t she C/ don’t she D/ does she 8/ Could you TV, please? I want to watch the news A/ turn up B/ turn off C/ turn on D/ turn left III/ Làm theo yêu cầu ngoặc ( 3ms ) 1/Lan missed the bus because she got up late ( Rewrite sentence with “so” ) 2/ If you practice speaking with friends , you ( speak ) English fluently (Give the correct verb form ) 3/ I don’t have a computer but I want to have one ( Rewrite with:I wish…) ……………………………………………………………………………………… 4/ I have studied English 1999 ( Complete with one suitable prepositon ) 5/ They wish there was many rivers and lakes in their hometown (Find a mistake) A B C D 6/ Can you speak Vietnamese, John ? ( Reported: Nga asked…) ………………………………………………………………………………………… IV Dùng từ gợi ý viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh: ( 2ms ) 1/ She / ask / me / what / name / be 2/ If / I / work / hard , / pass / exams 3/ Last weekend / we / go / picnic / the rive bank 4/ Tien Phong newspaper / widely / read / both / teenagers / adults / nowadays …………………………………………………………………………………………… V Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời câu hỏi ( 2ms ) Television is one of man’s most important means of communication in millions of homes Through television , home viewers can see and learn about people , places and things in faraway lands Television provides many more entertainments than any other kinds The programs include dramas , comedies , sporting events and movies I like contests best In some contests , TV viewers can join in and answer questions through telephone or by mail *Question : 1/ What can home viewers see and learn through television ? 2/ Are there lots of kinds of entertaiments on TV ? 3/ What does the writer like best ? 4/ How can TV viewers anwer questions in some contests ? *****************The end***************** III/ĐÁP ÁN: ĐÁP ÁN ĐỀ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ I NĂM HỌC 2013 2014 Môn thi : Tiếng Anh - Lớp Thời gian làm bài : 45 phút I/ Chọn phương án đúng (A B, C, D) mà phần gạch chân có cách phát âm khác với các từ còn lại.(1m) - Mỗi câu đúng: 0,25đ D A C B II/ Chọn từ hay cụm từ đúng số A, B, C D và khoanh tròn chúng : (2ms ) - Mỗi câu đúng: 0,25đ A C D B D A B C III/ Làm theo yêu cầu ngoặc ( 3ms ) - Mỗi câu đúng 0,5 điểm 1/ Lan got up late, so she missed the bus 2/ will speak 3/ I wish I had a computer 4/ since 5/ A: was - were 6/ Nga asked John if he could speak Vietnamese IV Dùng từ gợi ý viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh: ( 2ms ) - Mỗi câu đúng 0,5 điểm 1/ She asked me what my name was 2/ If I work hard, I’ll pass the exams 3/ Last weekend, we went on a picnic on the river bank 4/ Tien Phong newspaper is widely read by both teenagers and adults nowadays V Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời câu hỏi ( 2ms ) - Mỗi câu đúng 0,5 điểm 1/ They can see and learn about people, places and things in faraway lands 2/ Yes , there are 3/ He / She likes contests best 4/ They can answer questions through telephone or by mail *****************The end***************** Planning date :29/1/2015 Teaching date:30/1/2015 BUỔI : LESSON 3-4 BÀI TẬP VỂ CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN A Aim : By the end of the lesson s will be understand grammar of conditional sentences and exercises well B Content Bài tập A.Chia động từ ngoặc 1.If you ( go) away, please write to me If you ( be) in, I should have given it to you If he (eat) another cake, he will be sick I ( not ) that if I (be) you If he (take) my advice, everything can go well I would have come sooner if I ( know) you were here He never does homework If he ( do) his homework, he (not worry) about his exam 8.It’s too bad we lost the game If you (play) for us, we( win) 9.What you (do) if she refuses your invitation? 10 If today (be) Sunday, we (go) to the beach 11 Unless they (pass) their examinations, they would join the army 12 You (be) ill if you drink that water 13 If Tom (go) to bed earlier, he would not be so tired 14 Had we known your address, we( write) you a letter 15 If it’s raining heavily, we (not go) for a donkey ride 16 If he (try) hard, he’ll pass the examination 17 I could understand the French teacher if she (speak) more slowly 18.If she (not be) busy, she would have come to the party 19 If I (finish) the work in time, I ( go) to the football game 20 If you( see) Mary today, please ( ask) her to call me B.Viết lại câu sau cho nghĩa câu không thay đổi That man doesn’t work hard.He can’t earn more money 2.I don’t tell him the answer because he is from home My friend and I don’t have enough money , so we will not buy a house of our own The weather isn’t better now, so we can’t go for a walk I don’t know his address, and I don’t give it to you 6.He does not work slowly enough, so he makes many mistakes I am not sent to prison She doesn’t visit me I don’t win a big prize in a lottery, so I don’t give up my job The doctor can’t see many patients because he is so late 10 We don’t visit them in Hanoi because tickets are expensive Keys A go had been eats wouldn’t do/ were 5.takes had known did/ wouldn’t worry had played/ would have won will ….do 10 were /would go 11.passed 12 will be 13.went 14 would have written 15.won’t go 16 tries 17 spoke 18 hadn’t been 19 finish/ will go 20 see / ask B 1.If the man worked hard , he could earn more money If he weren’t away from home, I would tell him the answer 3.If my friend and had enough money, we would buy a house of our own If the weather were better now, we could go for a walk If I knew his address,I would give it to you If he worked slowly enough, he would not make many mistakes If I were sent to prison, I would visit me If I won a big prize in a lottery, I would give up my job If the doctor weren’t so late, he could see many patients 10 If ticket weren’t expensive, we would visit them in Hanoi BUỔI : LESSON 7- TENSES + EXERCISES A-The aims and the request -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the simple past tense, past continous tense , present perfect tense and practise exrcises more clearly B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks Ss to exercises III-New lesson: Contents Methods Bài 1: Đọc đoạn văn sau, dùng từ gợi ý đặt câu *§¸p ¸n c¸c bµi tËp: hái vµ tr¶ lêi: Bµi 1: Last June, David went to Kenya for three When did David go Kenya? weeks He went by plane and he stayed in a tent - He went to Kenya last June He took many photographs of animals He saw How long did he stay there? some elephants, lions and giraffes He enjoyed -He stayed there for weeks the holiday very much 3.How did he go to Kenya? 1.When/ David/ Kenya? - He went to Kenya by plane 2.How long/ stay? 4.Where did he stay? 3.How / go/ Kenya? 4.Where/ stay? 5.What/ take? 6.What / see? Bµi 2:Hoµn chØnh c¸c c©u sau dïng d¹ng đúng động từ ngoặc: 1.I (wash) the clothes this morning, but I (not wash) the dishes 2.I (clean) the kitchen yesterday,but I (not clean) the bathroom 3.Last night, I (talk) to my aunt, but I (not talk) to my uncle 4.We (watch) TV last night, but we (not watch) the film 5.I (call) your brother an hour ago, but I (not call) you Bµi 3:S¾p xÕp c¸c tõ sau thµnh c©u hoµn chØnh: 1.morning/ you/ time/ get/ up/What /this/ did? 2.dinner/ night/ have/ what/ you/ last/ for/ did? 3.do/ what/ Sunday/ you/ last/ did? _ 4.holiday/ did/ summer/ on/ go/ where/ last/ you? _ 5.go/ you/ theater/ the / last/ did/ when/ to? _ 6.go/ today/ you/ how/ school/ did/ to? _ Bµi 4:Hoµn thµnh c¸c c©u b»ng c¸ch ®iÒn vào chỗ trống động từ có dạng thích hợp: 1.I didn’t eat cheese for breakfast, I bread 2.We didn’t drink coffee, we tea 3.I didn’t go to the market, I to the supermarket 4.We didn’t come by bus, We by taxi 5.I didn’t see Tom, I _Mary III.Homework: -He stayed in a tent 5.What did he take? -He took many photographs of animals 6.What did he see? -He saw some elephants, lions and giraffes Bµi 2: 1.washed – didn’t wash 2.cleaned – didn’t clean 3.talked – didn’t talk 4.watched – didn’t watch 5.called – didn’t call Bµi 3: 1.What time did you get up this morning? 2.What did you have for dinner last night? 3.what did you last Sunday? 4.Where did you go on holiday last summer? 5.When did you last go to the theater? 6.How did you go to school today? Bµi 4: 1.ate 2.drank 3.went 4.came 5.saw - Learn by heart structures -To exercises again Experiences …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………… Planning date :12/4/2015 Teaching date:13/4/2015 LESSON 29-30 EXERCISES I Chia động từ ngoặc thì thích hợp 1.Be quiet ! The boy ( sleep) ……………………… The sun ( set)………………… in the West 3.Miss lan( go)………… to work by bus It ( not rain )………………… in the dry season We ( have ) …………………… lunch in the cafeteria at the moment My little brother ( drink)…………… milk every day The doctor sometimes ( return) ………………… home late I ( write) ………………… a long novel at present Look ! The car ( come)…………………… 10 The earth (move)……………… around the sun 11.Sometime ( smell)………………… good in the kitchen now 12.His uncle ( teach)…………… English in our school five years ago 13 We (learn) English since 1998 14 He (watch ) TV yesterday 15 She sometimes (go) to the library 16 I (visit) my friends next day 17 They (write ) a letter at the moment II.Rewrite the following sentences using the beginning “ Do many tourists visit Sapa every year?” Nga asked Hoa  Nga asked Hoa if many touristed visit Sapa every year ………………………………………… Ba said “ I’m going to the bookshop”  Ba said that He was going to the bookshop …………………………………… They repaired this road in 2009 (Change into passive)  This road She buys some books (Change into passive)  Some books I would like you to help me to put the chairs away  Do you mind ……………………………… ……………………… 1.is sleeping goes are having returns is coming 11 smells 13 fell / got 15 was sets does not rain drinks is writing 10 moves 12 taught 14 was sitting 16 took 1.I/ read a book 2.Mary and Betty/ practise their music lessons? 3.You/ go fishing at this time last Sunday 4.These students/ play games at 4.00 yesterday 5.My father/ cut the flowers in the garden 6.I/ help my father to mend the bicycle 7.They/ their homework at 8.00 last night _ 8.Lan/ watch TV at this time yesterday? _ 9.He/ listen to the radio after dinner _ 10.My mother/ go to the seaside at this time last night _ 1.I was reading a book 2.Were Mary and Betty practising their music lessons? 3.You were going fishing at this time last Sunday 4.These students were playing games at 4.00 yesterday 5.My father was cutting the flowers in the garden 6.I was helping my father to mend the bicycle 7.They were doing their homework at 8.00 last night 8.Was Lan watching TV at this time yesterday? 9.He was listening to the radio after dinner 10.My mother was going to the seaside at this time last A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss futher practice tenses -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks Ss to exercises III-New lesson: Contents Methods Bài tập1 : Chia động từ ngoặc thì thích hợp 1.Be quiet ! The baby ( sleep) The sun ( set) in the West *§¸p ¸n c¸c bµi tËp: 3.Mr Green always ( go) to work by bus Bµi 1: It ( not rain ) in the dry season They ( have ) lunch in the cafeteria now is sleeping sets My little sister ( drink) milk every day goes doesn’t 5.are The doctor sometimes ( return) home late having drinks He ( write) a long novel at present returns is writing is Look ! The bus ( come) 10 The earth (move) around the sun 11 He (live ) in Quang Phuong village since 2014 12.His uncle ( teach) English in our school five years ago 13.They (be)………my teachers 14.Minh sometimes (go)………….swimming in summer 15.He (not be)……… a doctor 16.What (you/ do)……… every morning ? 17.I (not/ know)………… her name 18.(Be)…… the boy your student ? 19.Let’s (eat)……….something ? 20.You must (do)……… this exercise carefully 21.I never (go)……….to the zoo 22 My mother (not watch)…….T.V every night Bµi H·y viÕt c©u dïng th× qu¸ khø tiÕp diÔn: 1.I/ read a book 2.Mary and Betty/ practise their music lessons? 3.You/ go fishing at this time last Sunday 4.These students/ play games at 4.00 yesterday 5.My father/ cut the flowers in the garden 6.I/ help my father to mend the bicycle 7.They/ their homework at 8.00 last night _ 8.Lan/ watch TV at this time yesterday? _ 9.He/ listen to the radio after dinner _ 10.My mother/ go to the seaside at this time last night _ coming , 10 moves 11 has lived , 12 taught , 13 ,are 14 goes ,15 isn’t ,16 you ,17 don’t know , 18 is 19 eat 20 21 go 22 doesn’t 1.I was reading a book 2.Were Mary and Betty practising their music lessons? 3.You were going fishing at this time last Sunday 4.These students were playing games at 4.00 yesterday 5.My father was cutting the flowers in the garden 6.I was helping my father to mend the bicycle 7.They were doing their homework at 8.00 last night 8.Was Lan watching TV at this time yesterday? 9.He was listening to the radio after dinner 10.My mother was going to the seaside at this time last night Experiences …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………… Planning date :31/10/2014 Teaching date:1/1/2014 BUỔI : LESSON 11- 12 A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the use of “ wish” enough to , used to -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks Ss to exercises III-New lesson: Contents Methods I CÁCH DÙNG ĐỘNG TỪ “ WISH” *.Lý thuyết - Động từ Wish = If only ( ao ước) thường dùng để diễn tả ước muốn, điều không có thật khó thực Có loại câu ước Future wish:( ước muốn tương lai) * form: S1 + wish + S2 + would/ could + V(inf) + O  If only + S + would/ could + V(inf) + O * eg:- I wish I would be an astronaut in the future - Tom wishes he could visit Paris next summer - If only I would take the trip with you next Sunday Present wish( ước muốn tại) EXERCISES Chia động từ ngoặc She wishes her father ( be) _ here now to help her I wish they ( visit) _us when they were in town I wish someone ( give) _ me a job next month If only I ( can take) _the trip to Hanoi with her next summer * form: S1 + wish + S2 + V- ed + O Were + adj / n *Note: Tobe dùng Were cho tất các ngôi Could + V (inf) * eg:- I wish I were rich (but I am poor now) - I can’t swim I wish I could swim - If only Ben were here ( but Ben isn’t here I wish he were here) - We wish that we didn’t have to go to class today ( but we have go to class today) Past wish: ( ước muốn quá khứ) (Học lớp 10,11,12) * form: S1 + wish + S2 + had + V- ed (pp) + O could have + V- ed(pp) + * eg :- I wish I hadn’t failed my exam last year ( I failed my exam ) - She wishes she had had enough money to buy the house ( she didn’t have enough money to buy it ) - If only I had met her yesterday ( I didn’t meet her ) - She wishes she could have been there ( she couldn’t be there) 2.Enough to Ex : The weather is warm enough to go swimming Marry is not old enough to go to school Form : S + tobe +( not ) + adj + enough + to infinitive Không đủ / khá ………….để làm gì Used to: past habit not happen at present e.g She used to walk to school * Be (get) used to: c get used to (= be acquainted with) e.g She has got used to walking to office d be used to (be familiar with) e.g He was used to walking to office I wish they ( know) _the truth yesterday I wish I (see) _ that film on TV again We wish she (be) _ our teacher of English My brother wishes he (not waste) _ time when he was young They wish they (come) _ to class on time yesterday morning 10 I wish I ( spend) _my last summer vacation in the mountains 11.I wish she (come) _ to see me yesterday 12.If only I ( have) _more time to this job 13.He missed an exciting football match on TV last night He wishes he (watch) it 14.I wish you ( not give ) _them my phone number yesterday 15.We wish we ( understand) _all the teacher’s explanation yesterday Keys A were visited would give could take 5.had known would see 7.were had not wasted had come 10 had spent 11 had come 12 had 13 had watched 14 had not given 15 had understood Experiences …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………… Planning date :3/11/2014 Teaching date:5/11/2014 BUỔI : LESSON 13-14 A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the use of “ wish” enough to , used to -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks Ss to write form and exercises III-New lesson: Contents EXERCISES : Chia động từ ngoặc 1.She wishes her father ( be) _ here now to help her 2.I wish they ( visit) _us when they were in town 3.I wish someone ( give) _ me a job next month 4.If only I ( can take) _the trip to Hanoi with her next summer 5.I wish they ( know) _the truth yesterday 6.I wish I (see) _ that film on TV again Answser key were visited would give could take 5.had known would see 7.were had not wasted had come 10 had spent 11 had come 12 had 13 had watched 14 had not given 15 had understood EXERCISES : Rewrite with : “Enough to .” 7.We wish she (be) _ our teacher of English 8.My brother wishes he (not waste) _ time when he was young 9.They wish they (come) _ to class on time yesterday morning 10 I wish I ( spend) _my last summer vacation in the mountains 11.I wish she (come) _ to see me yesterday 12.If only I ( have) _more time to this job 13.He missed an exciting football match on TV last night He wishes he (watch) it 14.I wish you ( not give ) _them my phone number yesterday 15.We wish we ( understand) _all the teacher’s explanation yesterday EXERCISES : Rewrite with : “Enough for ” The weather is warm I can swim in it The box is small I can put it in my pocket It’s very dark We must stay at home This dress is very small She can wear it She is old she can go to school by hershelf Ba is tall He can play volleyball Lan is intelligent she can that test Hoa is very skillful.she can make her own handkerchief His parents are rich They can buy a new car Phong and Thu are not tall They can’t play basketball Thu is very strong He can carry those heavy bags Tam is old He can ride a motorbike The children are tired They go to bed early 10.He is hungry he eats three loaves of bread 11.We are thirty We can drink a lot of water Experiences …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………… Planning date :3/11/2014 Teaching date:7/11/2014 BUỔI : LESSON 15-16 45 MINUTE TEST A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the use of tenses and some structures -By the end of the lesson, Ss understand form and exercise well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks Ss to the test III-New lesson: I Rewrite these sentences ,using :Enough to He is tall He can play volleyball My sister is old she can drive a car The riado is not small You can’t put it in your pocket This coat isn’t warm I don’t wear it in winter She is beautiful and intelligent she can become Miss World II Chia động từ ngoặc thì Hiện Tại Đơn: She usaully (get) up early Hoa often (play) badminton in the afternoon Lan usaully (read) books at the recess Ba seldom(go) to school by bus Lien’s mother (teach) Math in our school Hoa and Lan (be) the sames class in this year Hoa (not introduce) her name with many new friends Nam (have) short black hair? Tam (not write ) letters to her grand-parents 10.They (go) fishing with their friends? III Em hãy chia động từ thì quá khứ đơn I (see) her last year What .you (do) yesterday? You (watch) .TV last night? She (be) .born in 1980 Daisy (not agree) with other members last meetings She (visit) bangkok two years ago Lan (buy) some flowers for her teacher last Sunday Lan and Lien (miss) .the bus this morning? She (eat ) a lot of fruit yesterday 10.People (speak) English In India long time ago 11.The weather (be) warm yesterday IV:Cho dạng đúng động từ ngoặc: 1.My father (watch) TV at 9.00 a.m yesterday _ 2.She (be) at home yesterday _ 4.I (study) English since 2003 _ 5.My friends (learn) English while I (do) my homework 6.She (not finish) her examination yet IV.Rewrite these sentences ,using S + is/am/are +going to + V 1, we /watch /television 2,They /play/chess tonight? V Choose the best answer 1, .I speak to Lan, Please? (Do /Can/Am) 2, you like to go to the movie with me tonight? (can/Do/Would) 3,They are going thier homework tonight (to do/doing/do) 4,An .in Hanoi in 1990 (is born/ born /was born) 5,Alexander Graham Bell was a (an) (Scotsman/English/American) 6,Bell worked with at Boston university (mutes/ deaf/ deaf-mutes) 7,They bought new fishing rods to go (swimming/ sailing/ fishing) 8,would you like .a message? (leaving/ leave/ to leave) 9,The students to the concert tonight (going/ are going /is going) Experiences …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………… Planning date :10/11/2014 Teaching date:13/11/2014 BUỔI 9: LESSON 17-18 THE PASSIVE VOICE A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the use of passive form -By the end of the lesson, Ss understand form and exercise well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks Ss to exercises III-New lesson: A Lý thuyết  Quan sát: - Câu chủ động: Mr Smith teaches English (Active) - Câu bị động: English is taught by Mr Smith (Passive)  Qui tắc: - Tân ngữ chủ động  chủ ngữ bị động - Động từ bị động Be + Past Participle (pp) - Chủ ngữ chủ động  tân ngữ bị động ( trước có giới từ by tác nhân) *Note: by them/ by people/ by someone … Bỏ  Sơ đồ: S V O (Active) a b S be + V-ed (pp) by + O (Passive) Bảng tóm tắt công thức các thì câu bị động HTĐ Am, is, are + V- ed (pp) QKĐ Was, were + V- ed (pp) HTTD Am,is, are + being + V- ed (pp) QKTD Was, were + being + V- ed (pp) HTHT Have, has + been + V- ed (pp) QKHT Had + been + V- ed (pp) MODEL Can,may,might,should,will VERBS Have to, used to, + be + V- ed (pp) Cách đổi: động Bước 1: Lấy Tân ngữ (O) câu chủ động xuống làm Chủ từ (S)câu bị Bước 2: a/ Lưu ý Động từ câu chủ động thì nào To Be thì đó b/ Động từ chính đổi sang dạng PP (QK phân từ) Bước 3: Lấy Chủ từ (S)câu chủ động xuống làm Tân ngữ (O)câu bị động đặt sau By tác nhân *eg: I learn English everyday => English is learnt by me everyday (Passive) 2.My mother wrote that letter => That letter was written by my mother (Passive) 3.He is asking me a lot of questions => I am being asked a lot of questions (Passive) 4.She was doing her homework at that time => Her homework was being done at that time (Passive) 5.My mother has made that cake => That cake has been made by my mother (Passive) They had prepared a dinner before we came => A dinner had been prepared before we came (Passive) My friend can answer this question => This question can be answered by my friend (Passive Experiences …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………… Planning date :19/3/2015 Teaching date:20/3/2015 LESSON 19,20 45 Minute Test A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand vocabulary , grammar -Training reading , writing II-New lesson: I.Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others 1.A raised 2.A celebrate B picked B plumber C laughed C bulb D watched D blanket II Choose the correct answer for each sentence I’m learning English _I want to get a good job after school A although B so Let’s about my problem A talk If we go A in C but B talking C to talk D because D talked throwing trast , the environment will be polluted B on C at D among He laughed when he was watching “Tom and Jerry” on TV A happily B happy C happiness D unhappy She was sick yesterday, _she was absent from school A since B so C because D but That’s a wonderful I’m pleased _you are working hard A that B with C what D where What are you looking ? My picture book I’ve lost it A on B off C in D for If you want to save money, you should the amount of water your family uses A increase B reduce C adapt D repair III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets Unless you study harder, you ( not pass ) the final exam He suggests (take) the bus to school She never (eat) this kind of this food before We are looking forward to ( hear) from you They (play) football at the moment They (already go) to this museum IV Give the correct form of these word We must learn about keeping our environment ( POLLUTE) The gas from chemical factory is extremely (HARM) V Read the text then answer the questions: Electricity is the most common form of energy today In the modern world, electricity is very available at the touch of a switch Electricity has many uses The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting In factories, electricity is used to light up the work place It is also used to operate air conditioners, computers and many other machines Electricity is also used to power the many appliances that we have in our homes such as appliances include television sets, computers, electric fans, irons and many others The list is simply endless Modern man will most probably be lost without electricity Is electricity the most common form of energy today? What is the most common use of electricity? What people use electricity for at home? How would our life be if there were no electricity? VI Rewrite these sentences 1.Let’s meet inside the center, at the cafe’s corner I suggest 2.If someone doesn’t put the coal in, the fire will go out Unless They have built these buildings These buildings " She is reading a comic book" ? Lan said to me -> Lan told me She has a car , she rarely uses it ( although) Lan is my friend Lan 'father died last year (relative pronoun) Lan Number : Circle the word of which the underlined sound is pronounced differently from the others (1pt) A raised celebrate B opened C arrived B plumber C bulb D watched D blanket II Choose the correct answer for each sentence (2pts) I’m learning English _I want to get a good job after school A although B so Let’s about my problem A talk C but B talking If we go D because C to talk D talked throwing trast , the environment will be polluted A in B on C at D among She laughed when he was watching “Tom and Jerry” on TV A happily B happy C happiness D unhappy She was sick yesterday, _she was absent from school A since B so C because D but That’s a wonderful I’m pleased _you are working hard A that B with C what D where What are you looking ? My picture book I’ve lost it A on B off C in D for If you want to save money, you should the amount of water your family uses A increase B reduce C adapt D repair III Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.(2pts) If you(not study) harder, you will pass the final exam He suggests (take) the bus to school I never (eat) this kind of this food He is looking forward to ( hear) from you She (play) football at the moment 6.We (already go) to this museum IV Give the correct form of these words(1pt) We must learn about keeping our environment ( POLLUTE) The gas from chemical factory is extremely (HARM) V Read the text then answer the questions: (2pts) Electricity is the most common form of energy today In the modern world, electricity is very available at the touch of a switch Electricity has many uses The most common use of electricity is providing artificial lighting In factories, electricity is used to light up the work place It is also used to operate air conditioners, computers and many other machines Electricity is also used to power the many appliances that we have in our homes such as appliances include television sets, computers, electric fans, irons and many others The list is simply endless Modern man will most probably be lost without electricity Is electricity the most common form of energy today? What is the most common use of electricity What people use electricity for at ho How would our life be if there were no electricity? VI Rewrite these sentences 1.Let’s meet inside the center, at the cafe’s corner I suggest 2.If someone doesn’t put the coal in, the fire will go out Unless She has bought these books These books " They are reading comic books" ? Lan said to me -> Lan told me She has a car , she rarely uses it ( although) Lan is my friend Lan 'father died last year (relative pronoun) Lan Planning date :21/11/2014 Teaching date:22/11/2014 BUỔI 10 : LESSON 19-20 EXERCISES A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the use of passive form -By the end of the lesson, Ss understand form and exercise well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks Ss to write form of passive voice III-New lesson: Bài tập Chuyển câu sau sang câu bị động 1.They can’t make tea with cold water - 2.Somebody has taken some of my books away - 3They will hold the meeting before May Day - 4.They have to repair the engine of the car ………………………………………………………………… 5.Mary is cutting the cake with a sharp knife - The children looked at the women with a red hat - 7.They have provided the victims with food and clothing - 8.The teacher explains the lesson - 9.Mrs Green is cooking the food in the kitchen - 10.The doctor examined the patients - 11.These boys made that noise - 12.People speak English all over the world - 13.I can’t these exercises quickly - 14 She had finished the report by noon …………………………………………………………………… 15 The mechanic is repairing a car - 16.We must something before it’s too late ………………………………………………………………………… 17 Somebody has taken my briefcase 18 The teacher returned our written work to us 19 She had finished her report by soon 20 The mad dog bit the little boy 21 The police have arrested five suspects 22 The doctor ordered him to take a long rest 23 lightening struck the house 24 A group of students have met their friends at the rail way station 25 They didn’t allow Tom to take these books home 26 The teacher won’t correct exercises tomorrow Experiences …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………… Planning date :2611/2014 Teaching date:27/11/2014 BUỔI 11: LESSON 21-22 THE PASSIVE VOICE A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the use of passive form -By the end of the lesson, Ss understand form and exercise well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks Ss to write form of passive voice III-New lesson: Bài tập Chuyển câu sau sang câu bị động 1.People are killing wild animals for food 2)The author has written a special edition for children 3)I have received 20 cards so far 4)My farther has just cleaned this motorbike 5)I have never eaten that cake before We have just finished the report 7)She hasn't answered my letter yet 8)Someone has wound the clock 9)A dog has just bitten me 10) They said that she died of cancer 11)People believed that he can speak English 12)Someone thinks that Lan will return tomorrow 13)Have you ever watched that fỉlm 14)She hasn't seen that man yet 15)One of the parents is taping the children's song 16)Is a student pilot flying that airplane? 17)Noone has talked for me that work Someone has already told him to report to the hedmaster tomorrow 18)They can think that it will rain tomorrow 19)People think that Lan is living near here 20)they think that she is hiding in the forest 1/They started a dancing class last week 2/Mr.Smith saw the accident 3/Somebody has taken my briefcase 4/The teacher returned our written work to us 5/She has finished the report by noon 6/The mad dog bit the little boy 7/The police have arrested five suspects 8/The doctor ordered him to take o long rest Experiences …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………… Cấu trúc SO THAT & SUCH THAT Hướng dẫn cách sử dụng cấu trúc văn phạm ngữ pháp So that & Such that Người ta dùng cấu trúc so/such that (đến nỗi mà) theo nhiều cách sử dụng a Dùng với tính từ và phó từ: Ví dụ: Terry ran so fast that he broke the previous speed record Terry chạy nhanh mà anh đã phá kỉ lục lập trước đó b Dùng với danh từ đếm số nhiều: Cấu trúc là so that phải dùng many few trước danh từ đó Ví dụ: I had so few job offers that it wasn't difficult to select one Tôi nhận quá ít lời đề nghị mời làm việc nên thật không khó để lựa chọn lấy công việc c Dùng với danh từ không đếm được: Cấu trúc là so that phải dùng much little trước danh từ đó Ví dụ: He has invested so much money in the project that he can't abandon it now Ống đã đầu tư quá nhiều tiền vào dự án này không thể từ bỏ The grass received so little water that it turned brown in the heat Cỏ bị thiếu nước nên đã chuyển sang màu nâu nhiệt độ này d Dùng với danh từ đếm số ít: S + V + such + a + adjective + singular count noun + that + S + V HOẶC S + V + so + adjective + a + singular count noun + that + S + V Ví dụ: It was such a hot day that we decided to stay indoors = It was so hot a day that we decided to stay indoors Đó là ngày nóng chúng tôi đã định ngồi lì nhà It was such an interesting book that he couldn't put it down = It was so interesting a book that he couldn't put it down Quyển sách đó hay anh không thể rời mắt khỏi nó e Dùng such trước tính từ + danh từ: Ví dụ: They are such beautiful pictures that everybody will want one Chúng là tranh tuyệt đẹp mà muốn sở hữu This is such difficult homework that I will never finish it Bài tập nhà này khó không làm Lưu ý: KHÔNG dùng so trường hợp này Xem tất các chủ đề Bài viết 2,109,252 người dùng Miễn phí Giới thiệu Các ứng dụng hay             Lớp học tiếng Anh giao tiếp 360 Tiếng Anh giao tiếp trẻ em Từ vựng tiếng Anh trẻ em An toàn cho trẻ em Giao tiếp xã hội cho trẻ Tiếng Anh cấp tốc du lịch nước ngoài Tiếng Anh cấp tốc vấn xin việc Từ điển Tách-Ghép Âm Tiếng Anh cho cán và nhân viên doanh nghiệp Công cụ thu hút tiền bạc, giàu có và thịnh vượng Công cụ thu hút thành công công việc Công cụ thu hút tình yêu, hạnh phúc Planning date :15/3/2015 Teaching date:16/3/2015 LESSON 17,18 AVERB CLAUSE OF CONCESSION A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the use oo adverb clause of concession -By the end of the lesson, Ss understand form and exercise well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks Ss to write example so that/ such that III-New lesson CLAUSE AND PHRASE OF CONCESSION I- CLAUSE OF CONCESSION (Mệnh đề nhượng bộ) Definition: Là mệnh đề tương phản hai mệnh đề cõu Bắt đầu : although, though, even though, even if (mặc dự) + clause Although Though + Clause (S + V …) Even though Even if Ex1: He was lazy He passed the test -> Although he was lazy, he passed the test Ex2: We had a picnic The weather was bad -> We had a picnic though the weather was bad II- PHRASE OF CONCESSION: (Cụm từ nhượng bộ) Bắt đầu IN SPITE OF/ DESPITE (mặc dù) sau nó là cụm từ (phrase) có thể là cụm danh từ cum danh động từ IN SPITE DESPITE phrase (noun phrase/ gerund phrase Ex1: DespiteOF/ studying hard, he +failed the final test Ex2: We had a picnic in spite of the bad weather III- THE WAYS OF CHANGING A CLAUSE TO A PHRASE (cách đổi mệnh đề thành cụm từ) 1- Mệnh đề có chủ từ là đại từ (Pronoun) + be + adj đổi sang cụm từ ta bỏ BE, đổi chủ từ thành tính từ sở hữu (possessive adj), đổi tính từ thành danh từ Subject (pronoun) + be + adj Possessive adj + noun Ex1: Although he was lazy, he passed the test Despite his laziness, he passed the test Ex2: Though he was poor, he lived a happy life 2- Mệnh đề cú chủ từ là danh từ (noun) + be + adj chuyển sang cụm từ ta bỏ Be, đổi chủ từ thành sở hữu cỏch (possessive case), đổi tớnh từ thành danh từ Subject (noun) + be + adj possessive case + noun Ex: The car didn’t crash though the driver was careless The car didn’t crash despite the driver’s carelessness 3- Mệnh đề cú chủ từ + V(ordinary) chuyển sang cụm từ ta bỏ chủ từ đổi động từ sang dạng V-ing Subject + V(ordinary) V-ing Ex: Though he studied hard, he didn’t passed the test In spite of studying hard, he didn’t passed the test 4- Mệnh đề cú There be + noun, chuyển sang cụm từ ta bỏ there be There + be + Noun -> + x Noun Ex: Although there were many people there, they couldn’t rescue him Despite many people there, they couldn’t rescue him * CLAUSE AND PHRASE OF REASON (Mệnh đề và cum từ nguyên nhân) I- CLAUSE OF REASON (Mệnh đề nguy ên nhân) Definition: Là mệnh đề nguy ên nhân hành động nêu mệnh đề chính Bắt đầu bằng: Because (vì) + clause Because+ Clause (S + V …) Ex: He came ten minutes late He missed the first train He came ten minutes late because he missed the first train Main clause Clause of reason II- PHRASE OF REASON: (Cụm từ nguyên nhânï) Bắt đầu BECAUSE OF (bởi vì) sau nó là cụm từ (phrase) có thể là cụm danh từ cum danh động từ BECAUSE OF + phrase (noun phrase/ gerund phrase) Ex1: Because of the bad weather, they didn’t take part in the trip Noun phrase Ex2: They stayed at home because of being sick Gerund phrase Exercise 1: Choose the best answer to complete these sentences _ he likes chocolate, he tries not to eat it A As B Though C Since D Despite He is a very intelligent boy, _he is very lazy A but B and C or D so _I moved house, I haven’t had much contact with those friends A though B since C because of D so that Last night we came to the show late _the traffic was terrible A although B despite C and D because Lan couldn’t pass the exam _she was too lazy A because B because of C although D in spite of _ his broken leg, he didn’t come to class yesterday A because B because of C despite D so _there is a lot of noise in the city, I prefer living there A despite B in spite of C becacuse of D though _ the weather, we went sailing A despite B in spite of C although D A and B _Hudson led early, he lost the race A though B although C eventhough D all are correct 10 _it was raining heavily he went out without a raincoat A In spite B In spite of C However D Although Exercise 2: Combine these sentences using: though, although, even though Lion dancing is very popular in Viet Nam My friend Anny does not enjoy it => Bob always walks to work He is living in the city => My house is near the beach I rarely go swimming => My brother is working in Ha Noi He comes home on every public holiday => Paul is an Australian, he enjoys Vietnamese New year => Most children go to see the firework show, Linh and Mai stay home watching TV => Nick used to smoke He seems to be in good health => I couldn’t sleep I was tired => Henry’s friend is a millionaire He hates spending money => 10 We couldn’t get tickets We queued for an hour => Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences, beginning with the words in parentheses She has plenty of money, but she is very mean (although) => They have a car, but they rarely use it (though) => He was innocent, but he was sent to prison (although) => He has a number of relatives living nearby, but he never visits them (even though) => She never takes any kind of exercise, but she is quite fit and healthy (even though) => 6.The keyboard wasn’t working well She tried to finish the letter (although) => 7.The forecast said it would rain It turned out to be a beautiful day (although) => 8.I’m no better I’ve taken the bill (even though) => The traffic was bad I arrived at the airport on time (though) => 10 I didn’t get the job I had all necessary qualifications (though) HOMWORK : Do again exercises 14 He is very rich He isn’t happy (although) => 15 She couldn’t answer the question She is very intelligent (though) => In spite of his age, he still leads an active life => Even though 10 In spite of his hard work, Ba he failed his exam => Though 11 In spite of the heavy rain, we decided to go to see the match => Although 12 Although they lost, the home team played very well => Despite 13 Even though it was raining, I still went to school on time =>In spite of 14 Although she isn’t brilliant, she studies quite well => Despite 15 She isn’t brilliant but she studies quite well => Although 16 The house isn’t nice, but I like the garden => Even though 17 It was raining, but we went out => Though 18 Everyone likes Bob even though he talkative => Even though 19 Though I had an umbrella, I got very wet in the rain => Though 20 We enjoyed the vacation although it rained a lot => In spite of 21 I couldn’t sleep though I was very tired => Much 22 I didn’t get the job even though I was extremely qualified => Despite 23 He ate all the fruits although they were green =>No matter 24 The plane took off though the weather was bad =>No matter 25 He took a lot of photographs even though the sky was dark =>No matter 26 Although she doesn’t earn much money, she spends like a millionaire => Despite 27 Tom will not pass the examination although he studies well => In spite of 28 He is still fat though he has been on a diet for years => In spite of 29 Although they lived in poverty, they were always happy => No matter 30 He got good jobs, he was not satisfied => No matter what jobs 31 You any job, you should it devotedly => Whatever 32 Although his English was good, he wasn’t chosen => However 33 Even though I admire his courage, I think he is a foolish => Much 34 You can use it as long as you like, and it won’t wear out => No matter 35 Although Judy was severely disabled, she participated in many sports => Despite 36 However friendly he seems, he’s not to be trusted => Friendly 37 I admit he’s clever, but I don’t think he’ll this problem => Clever 38 She never comes to the office on time although she gets up so early => No matter 39 He had enjoyed the lively company of his friends in Edinburgh All the same, his work, he felt, demanded solitude => Much as 40 Come and sit down, whoever you are => It doesn’t matter 41 It doesn’t matter how hard she tries, she never beat Sue at tennis => However 42 No matter what he says, nobody believes him => Whatever 43 He always woke up early no matter how late he had gone to bed => However 44 Melissa’s father was very busy, but he still played with her => Busy 45 She didn’t eat much though she was hungry =>In spite of 46 Although he had much experience in machinery, he didn’t succeed in repairing this machine => Despite 47 We did the test well though it was difficult =>In spite of 48 Although he is strong, I’m not afraid of him => Despite 49 The plane took off though the weather was bad =>In spite of 50 Though his English was good, he wasn’t chosen => Despite 51 Although the streets are narrow, many people drive in this city =>In spite of 52 Mr Pike doesn’t wear glasses though he is over sixty => Despite 53 He ate the chocolate cake even though he was on diet =>In spite of 54 He studies very well though his life was hard at that time => Despite ADVERB CLAUSES OF CONCESSION Mệnh đề phụ trạng ngữ nhượng Mệnh đề phụ trang ngữ nhượng thường bắt đầu bằng: Though, although, even though, even if, despite, in spite of, however, whatever 1/- Although, though, eventhough, even if Although Though + a clause Even though Even if Ex: Although/Though it rained heavily, they went out with their family Even if you don’t like me, I will be here with you Even if it takes 10 years, I still wait for her Note: Sau mệnh đề nhượng dùng dấu phẩy (,) không dùng “but” 2/- Despite, In spite of Despite Inspite of + Noun phrase (cụm danh từ) V_ing Ex: Despite his poverty/ In spite of his poverty, he succeeded in his life Despite the bad weather, they continued climbing the mountains 3/- However = No matter how: cho dù nào However + adj/ adv + S + V… Ex: However cold the water is, I will swim However quickly he ran, he couldn’t catch the bus No matter how terrible life is, I always feel optimistic 4/- Whatever = Whatsoever = No matter what: dù gì Ex: Whatever happens, I will love you forever Whatever books he reads, he will Planning date :3/11/2014 Teaching date:4/11/2014 BUỔI 13: LESSON 25-26 TAG – QUESTION AND EXERCISES A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the use of tag question -By the end of the lesson, Ss understand form and exercise well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks Ss to write example prepositions III-New lesson: A Lý thuyết : Câu hỏi đuôi là câu hỏi ngắn thêm vào cuối câu trần thuật Câu hỏi đuôi dùng để kiểm tra thông tin để có đồng tình người khác Ex: It’s a lovely day, isn’t it? * Hình thức: + Câu hỏi đuôi thành lập động từ to be (hoặc trợ động từ) và đại từ nhân xưng (chủ ngữ câu) + Câu hỏi đuôi phủ định: dùng sau câu trần thuật khẳng định Hình thức phủ định thường rút gọn Positive statement + negative question tag + Câu hỏi đuôi khẳng định: dùng sau câu trần thuật phủ định negative statement + positive question tag * Chú ý Nếu câu trần thuật có động từ to be động từ khiếm khuyết, thì từ này lập lại câu hỏi đuôi Ex: She can swim, can’t she? He isn’t a doctor, is he? - Nếu câu trần thuật là động từ thường, thì phải dùng trợ động từ do, does did Ex: They live in the city, don’t they? She lived in the countryside, didn’t she? - Câu hỏi đuôi I am là aren’t I Ex: I am late, aren’t I? - Câu hỏi đuôi Let’s là shall we Ex: Let’s have some tea, shall we? Nếu chủ từ câu là nobody, somebody, everybody, và no one, ta dùng “they” thay cho chúng phần đuôi Ex: Everyone understood the lesson, didn’t they? - Nếu chủ từ câu là nobody, và các trạng từ phủ định never, no, hardly, seldom, scarcedly, little, … thì ta dùng động từ thể khẳng định B Bài tập : You have heard about that, ? Nam did the work well, .? He didn’t have to speak to me, ? He won’t fall down, ? You would’t like the window open, ? He used to beat his wife, ? She came very late, ? Come and see me tomorrow, .? I’d better go, ? 10.There’s an examination tomorrow, .? 11.You can’t play tennis today, ? 12.She’s been studying English for two years, ? 13.Your brother doesn’t like watching TV, ? 14.Let’s listen to the radio, ? 15.Mary is reading a book in her room, ? 16.His parents won’t buy him a new game, .? 17.You’ve just used the computer, .? 18.Turn off the television, ? 19.I’m late for the party, .? 20.They never go to the theatre, ? Experiences ………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………… Planning date :26/11/2014 Teaching date:29/11/2014 BUỔI 12 : LESSON 23-24 PREPOSITIONS A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the use of prepositions -By the end of the lesson, Ss understand form and exercise well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks Ss to write form of passive voice III-New lesson: A Lý thuyÕt: - in: n¨m , th¸ng , mïa , buæi , thÕ kû Ex: in 2008 , in September, in summer, in the morning , in the 19th century -on: thø, buæi cña thø , ngµy vµ th¸ng on Monday, on Tuesday afternoon , on June eight on weekends , on the weekend , on Chistmas Day -at: at o'clock , at night, at midnight / midday, at Chrismas Day, at present at the moment, -till: (till pm) - from to/ up to ; từ đến (from Monday to friday) - between .and : gi÷a .vµ (between am and am) -since + điểm thời gian (xác định đợc) Ex: since Monday / o'clock / yesterday / 2006/ last week - for+khoảng thời gian (không xác định đợc) Ex: for two hours / three years / along time * - to be good at ? bad at ? weak at - to be amazed / amused ? delighted at - to be interested in - to be excited about - to tell some body about … - to run about - to check in - to tune in - to wait for , what for ……? - to listen to -to talk to sb about sth - to live on - to be born in to -to be fond of - to look ( for , up , down , in to , forward to ………) B Bµi tËp Giíi tõ Use theses prepositions to complete theses sentences a How far is from your house …….school? b There are some books …….the table c The bank is ……… the hotel and the restaurant d Iam intersted …………… story books e She lives …………… Tran Hung Dao street 2.Gạch chân đáp án đúng 1) Your father is very kind (with/for/to/in) David 2) Hurry or you will be late (for/at/on/from) school 3) Were they present (in/at/on/about) the meeting? 4) She was confused (with/on/about/in) the dates 5) His book is different (about/from/for/between) mine 6) Your plan is similar (with/to/of/for) his 7) The boy is afraid (of/on/in/about) snakes 8) She is accustomed (with/to/on/of) getting up early 9) He was successful (in/with/of/to) his job 10) That student is very quick (with/at/for/about) mathematics 11) Iraq is rich (on/for/to/in) oil 12) Are you aware (with/to/of/for) the time? 13) Are you acquainted (to/with/in/of) this man? 14) He has been absent (from/of/to/with) school lately 15) They are interested (in/on/about/with) buying a new house 16) Smoking is harmful (for/with/to/about) our health 17) She is serious (with/about/of/for) learning to be a doctor 18) I couldn’t believe what he said It was contrary (to/with/for/in) his thought Planning date :3/11/2014 Teaching date:6/11/2014 BUỔI 14: LESSON 27-28 Command-Request-Advice in Reported Speech A.Aims By the end of the lesson, sts will be able to know how to use “ command-requestadvice” in reported speech and practise doing exercises  Teaching aids: Posters  Ways of working: individual, group work B.contents I Warm up Greeting -Checking the previous lesson: The simple future/ near future tenses II Presentation Command T gives out somes examples: a “ open the door, please.” She said to me ->She told me to open the door b “ Please keep silent ,Hoa” Minh said ->Minh asked Hoa to keep silent T explains the sentences and asks sts to give out the form Form: S + told/asked + to + V(bare) +… Note: -NÕu c©u gi¸n tiÕp cã “me” th× ta chuyÓn “me” thµnh “him/her/me” c¨n cø vµo chñ ng÷ phÝa tríc -NÕu cã “your” -> “my/his/her/their/our”(c¨n cø vµo t©n ng÷) Eg: - “Give me the pen, please” Nam said to her ->Nam told her to give him the pen - “Close your books, please” The teacher told the students ->The teacher told the students to close their books me my him his her her us our 2Request a.Examples: - “ Can you buy me an English book, please ?” He said to me ->He asked me to buy him an English book -“ Could you turn on the T.V for me ?” My grandmother asked me -> My grandmother asked me to turn on the T.V for her b Form: S + asked + O + to + V(bare) +… 3.Advice a Examples: - “ You should work hard at school.” His mother said to him ->His mother said he should work hard at school ->His mother advised Nam to work hard at school - “ You shouldn’t get up late, Nam.” Hoa said ->Hoa said that Nam shouldn’t get up late ->Hoa advised Nam not to get up late b Form: S + Said (that) + S + Should(not) + V(bare) +… S + advised + O + (not) +to + V(bare) + … *T asks Ss to pay attention to the changes in: Tense Adverb of places and time Quoted speech Reported speech Quoted speech Reported speech -Present simple -Past simple - This - that -Present continuous -Past continuous - now - then -Past simple -Past perfect - here - there -Present perfect -Past perfect - today - that day -will -would - tomorrow - the next day -must -had to - yesterday - the day before -can -could - ago - before * PRACTICE A/ Put the verbs in correct form to complete the sentences Mary asked me (put)………down the hat She advised her brother (not eat)……… too much sugar I used (go)…… to the market with my mother when I was young The doctor told me (stay)…………in bed We (have)………a party next Sunday They (not come)………to the meeting last night My sister sometimes (go)……….swimming The house is not big enough for us (live)………in it B.Rewrite the sentences beginning the given words “ Open your book, please.” said the teacher -> The teacher told her students……………………………… “ You should study harder, Nam” -> I advised……………………………………… “ You should not get up late” -> Hoa’s mother said…………………… “ Can you take me to school, please ?”said the boy -> The boy asked me………………………………………… The water was very hot We couldn’t drink it -> The water wasn’t…………………… “ Could you turn on the T.V for me ?” The man asked me ->The man asked me ……………………………… She had a bike once, but she doesn’t have any more -> She used to……………………………………… “ Turn off the radio, please” I said to her -> I told her………………………… III HOMEWORK - Learn by heart grammar - Do exercises Experiences …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… ………………………… Planning date :7/12/2014 Teaching date:11/12/2014 BUỔI 15: LESSON 29-30 CONSOLIDATION A.Aims By the end of the lesson, sts will be able to know how to use tenses, some structures and doing exercises Teaching aids: Posters  Ways of working: individual, group work B.contents *Warm up Greeting -Checking the previous lesson: The simple future/ near future tenses II Presentation A GRAMMAR Tenses: The present simple tense( Thì đơn )S + is /am /are + O S+V/ V- s /es + O Adv: always / usually / often / sometimes / everyday / today - Diễn tả việc tại, thói quen , - Diễn tả thật , các tượng tự nhiên - Diễn tả kế hoạch đã định sẵn tương lai ( lịch trình ) The present progressive tense( Thì tiếp diễn )S + is / am / are + V-ing + O Adv: now , at the present , at the moment - Diễn tả việc diễn diễn tương lai gần - Dùng với động từ “get/ become” thay đổi The future simple tense : S + will + V + O Adv : Tomorrow , next week , next Sunday - Diễn tả việc tương lai The past simple tense ( Thì đơn)S + was / were + O S + V-ed / V2 + O Adv : yesterday , last week , last Sunday , ago , in 2007 - Diễn tả việc đã xảy và kết thúc quá khứ The present perfect tense ( Thì hoàn thành ) S+ have/ has +p.p (V-ed /V ) +O Adv: since, for -Diễn tả hành động đã xảy và còn kéo dài đến tương lai Near future :Be going to (Tương lai gần ) S + am/is/are + going + to -V + O Modal verbs S + can/could/ought to/must/ have to/ has to +V+ Comparison: A/ Possite degree: (so sánh )S1 + be (not) + as + adj + as + S2 S1 + V(not) the same as + S2 S1 + V + different from + S2 -So sánh hai đối tượng , không phân biệt tính từ ngắn vần hay dài vần B/ Comparative degree (so sánh ) So sánh hai đối tượng S1 + V + adj-er + than + S2.(ngan) S1 + V + more + adj + than +V (dgr) Cần xác định tính từ ngắn vần dài vần *Short –Adj: là tính từ âm tiết, Là tính từ hai âm tiết tận cùng là : y,ow ,er , le * Long- Adj: Là tính từ có từ hai âm tiết trở lên C/ Superlative degree:(so sánh ) S +V + the + short adj-est S + V + the most + long adj - so sánh nhiều đối tượng * Các tính từ so sánh đặc biệt: Good - better - the best Bad - worse - the worst Many / much - more - the most Little - less - the least Far - farther - the farthest - further - the furthest Adjective & adverb: Adjective + ly Adv Ex: quick + ly -> quickly; careful + ly -> carefully; happy + ly -> happily *Irregular: good ->well ; late ->late ;fast -> fast; early -> early; hard -> hard Prepositions of time:(giới từ thời gian) in : month, year, season (in May, in 2004 in summer……) in the morning / afternoon / vening on: date +month (on May 1st,… ) on Sunday, on Friday,on my birthday , on Tet holiday , on the weekend at: hour (at o’clock ……….) at day , at night , at weekend between: between and o’clock; between Jun & July after/before: after o’clock for: for hours /5 days , for a long time since: since yesterday, since 2002 Preposition of place (giới từ nơi chốn ) in, on, at, in front of, behind, under, next to, to the left/ right of……… Adverb of place: ( trạng từ nơi chốn) Here , there , inside, outside, upstairs , downstairs  adverb of place = preposition + N ex: I live in An Lao = I live here Some structures: S + be + enough +to + V (đủ để) S+ be+ too+ adj + to-V (không thể để) S + like/love/ enjoy /dislike/ hate/suggest/ in/of….+ V-ing S +used to /didn’t use to + V (đã ) S+ asked/ told + O + to-V (tường thuật lại dạng mệnh lệnh, Đề nghị) S+ said+ S+ should+ V (tường thuật lại dạng khuyên bảo) S + asked + + if / weather + S +V (tường thuật lại dạng câu hỏi Yes /No ) S + asked + + WH – QUESTIONS + S +V (tường thuật lại dạng câu hỏi có từ đẻ hỏi ) Wh – questions: What/ Who/ Where/ When/ Why/ How/ How long/How often/ How long… ? 10.Adverb clause of result (so) : -so +result -S+ be +so + adj + that-clause -S + be +such +(a/an) +adj +noun +that-clause 11.Reported speech / reported questions 12.Tag-question : (+) affirmative statement → (-) negative –tag question (-) negative statement → (+) affirmative tag- question 13.Gerund after some verbs : love ,like ,dislike , ẹnjoy , hate… S + love/like/dislike/enjoy/hate …+V-ing 14.Modal could with wish 15.Modal verbs with if 16.S +used to +bare-inf… 17.S+ be /get used to +V-ing… Experiences …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………… ………………………… Planning date :16/4/2015 Teaching date:17/4/2015 BUỔI 15: LESSON 31-32 CONSOLIDATION A.Aims By the end of the lesson, sts will be able to know how to use tenses, some structures and doing exercises Teaching aids: Posters  Ways of working: individual, group work B.contents *The old lesson : Ss write passive form II Presentation I Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others (2 pt) A seat B head C heat D teacher A machine B mechanic C exchange D champagne A pleased B erased C amused D laughed A school B foot C cook D blood II Choose the best answer a,b,c or d (4m) We lived Danang city last year a in b on c for d from Lan asked me her to our teacher’s house a take b taken c to take d taking He has English since he was ten years old a learnt b learn c learns d learning I enjoy in the river with my friends a swim b swimming c swam d.swims I wish I…………a new bicycle a have b has c.had d.having He came home……… 11.00 a.m a at b on c between d.for Hoa was happy …….she passed her exam a though b so c because d although Have you ………….met that singer ? a sometimes b never c ever d always III Change into reported speech (2m) The air is not fresh I wish the We can solve this problem This problem The teacher asked us: “Do you want to relax now ?” She said to me: “Why are you crying?” I don’t have a computer ( I wish….) They must these exercises carefully (passive voice) Lan passed her exam She worked hard.( so) Do you like pop music? ( she asked me…) He went swimming when he was a child He used to……………………………………… IV Read the passage and decide true(T) or false(F)(2m) Mr Johnson likes studying Vietnamese very much He wants to get some information about the course in Danang university He can speak some Vietnamese but he can’t read and write it So he is going to join in the part time course He would like to know the fees and some details of the course He said he could pass the spoken Vietnamese test if necessary Mr Johnson enjoys learning Vietnamese …………… He can read and write Vietnamese …………… He only wants to know the fees of the course …………… He can pass the spoken test if necessary ………… I Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others B head B mechanic D laughed D blood II Choose the best answer a,b,c or d a in c to take a learnt b swimming c.had c between c because c ever III Change into reported speech I wish the the air were fresh 2.This problem can be solved The teacher asked us if we wanted to relax then She asked me why I was crying 5.I wish I had a computer 6.These exercises must be done carefully 7.Lan worked hard so she passed her exam 8.She asked me if I liked pop music He used to swim when he was a child IV Read the passage and decide true(T) or false(F)(2đ) Mỗi câu đúng 0,5 điểm T F F T ĐỀ CƯƠNG ÔN TẬP HỌC KỲ I MÔN ANH ỚP 1.Tenses: The present simple tense( Thì đơn )S + is /am /are + O S + V / V- s /es + O Adv: always / usually / often / sometimes / everyday / today - Diễn tả việc tại, thói quen , - Diễn tả thật , các tượng tự nhiên - Diễn tả kế hoạch đã định sẵn tương lai ( lịch trình ) The present progressive tense( Thì tiếp diễn )S + is / am / are + V-ing + O Adv: now , at the present , at the moment - Diễn tả việc diễn diễn tương lai gần - Dùng với động từ “get/ become” thay đổi The future simple tense : S + will + V + O Adv : Tomorrow , next week , next Sunday - Diễn tả việc tương lai The past simple tense ( Thì đơn)S + was / were + O S + V-ed / V2 + O Adv : yesterday , last week , last Sunday , ago , in 2007 - Diễn tả việc đã xảy và kết thúc quá khứ The present perfect tense ( Thì hoàn thành ) S+ have/ has +p.p (V-ed /V ) +O Adv: since, for -Diễn tả hành động đã xảy và còn kéo dài đến tương lai Near future :Be going to (Tương lai gần ) S + am/is/are + going + to -V + O Modal verbs S + can/could/ought to/must/ have to/ has to +V+ Comparison: A/ Possite degree: (so sánh )S1 + be (not) + as + adj + as + S2 S1 + V(not) the same as + S2 S1 + V + different from + S2 -So sánh hai đối tượng , không phân biệt tính từ ngắn vần hay dài vần B/ Comparative degree (so sánh ) So sánh hai đối tượng S1 + V + adj-er + than + S2.(ngan) S1 + V + more + adj + than +V (dgr) Cần xác định tính từ ngắn vần dài vần *Short –Adj: là tính từ âm tiết, Là tính từ hai âm tiết tận cùng là : y,ow ,er , le * Long- Adj: Là tính từ có từ hai âm tiết trở lên C/ Superlative degree:(so sánh ) S +V + the + short adj-est S + V + the most + long adj - so sánh nhiều đối tượng * Các tính từ so sánh đặc biệt: Good - better - the best Bad - worse - the worst Many / much - more - the most Little - less - the least Far - farther - the farthest - further - the furthest Adjective & adverb: Adjective + ly Adv Ex: quick + ly -> quickly; careful + ly -> carefully; happy + ly -> happily *Irregular: good ->well ; late ->late ;fast -> fast; early -> early; hard -> hard Prepositions of time:(giới từ thời gian) in : month, year, season (in May, in 2004 in summer……) in the morning / afternoon / vening on: date +month (on May 1st,… ) on Sunday, on Friday,on my birthday , on Tet holiday , on the weekend at: hour (at o’clock ……….) at day , at night , at weekend between: between and o’clock; between Jun & July after/before: after o’clock for: for hours /5 days , for a long time since: since yesterday, since 2002 Preposition of place (giới từ nơi chốn ) in, on, at, in front of, behind, under, next to, to the left/ right of……… Adverb of place: ( trạng từ nơi chốn) Here , there , inside, outside, upstairs , downstairs  adverb of place = preposition + N ex: I live in An Lao = I live here Some structures: S + be + enough +to + V (đủ để) S+ be+ too+ adj + to-V (không thể để) S + like/love/ enjoy /dislike/ hate/suggest/ in/of….+ V-ing S +used to /didn’t use to + V (đã ) S+ asked/ told + O + to-V (tường thuật lại dạng mệnh lệnh, Đề nghị) S+ said+ S+ should+ V (tường thuật lại dạng khuyên bảo) S + asked + + if / weather + S +V (tường thuật lại dạng câu hỏi Yes /No ) S + asked + + WH – QUESTIONS + S +V (tường thuật lại dạng câu hỏi có từ đẻ hỏi ) Wh – questions: What/ Who/ Where/ When/ Why/ How/ How long/How often/ How long… ? 10.Adverb clause of result (so) : -so +result -S+ be +so + adj + that-clause -S + be +such +(a/an) +adj +noun +that-clause 11.Reported speech / reported questions 12.Tag-question : (+) affirmative statement → (-) negative –tag question (-) negative statement → (+) affirmative tag- question 13.Gerund after some verbs : love ,like ,dislike , ẹnjoy , hate… S + love/like/dislike/enjoy/hate …+V-ing 14.Modal could with wish 15.Modal verbs with if 16.S +used to +bare-inf… 17.S+ be /get used to +V-ing… Planning date :16/12/2014 Teaching date:17/12/2014 BUỔI 17: LESSON 31-32 CONSOLIDATION A.Aims By the end of the lesson, sts will be able to know how to use ‘wish’, some structures and doing exercises Teaching aids: Posters  Ways of working: individual, group work B.contents *Warm up Greeting -Checking the previous lesson: II Presentation A GRAMMAR I CÁCH DÙNG ĐỘNG TỪ “ WISH” *.Lý thuyết - Động từ Wish = If only ( ao ước) thường dùng để diễn tả ước muốn, điều không có thật khó thực Có loại câu ước Future wish:( ước muốn tương lai) * form: S1 + wish + S2 + would/ could + V(inf) + O  If only + S + would/ could + V(inf) + O * eg:- I wish I would be an astronaut in the future - Tom wishes he could visit Paris next summer - If only I would take the trip with you next Sunday Present wish( ước muốn tại) * form: S1 + wish + S2 + V- ed + O Were + adj / n *Note: Tobe dùng Were cho tất các ngôi Could + V (inf) * eg:- I wish I were rich (but I am poor now) - I can’t swim I wish I could swim - If only Ben were here ( but Ben isn’t here I wish he were here) - We wish that we didn’t have to go to class today ( but we have go to class today) Past wish: ( ước muốn quá khứ) (Học lớp 10,11,12) * form: S1 + wish + S2 + had + V- ed (pp) + O could have + V- ed(pp) + O * eg :- I wish I hadn’t failed my exam last year ( I failed my exam ) - She wishes she had had enough money to buy the house ( she didn’t have enough money to buy it ) - If only I had met her yesterday ( I didn’t meet her ) - She wishes she could have been there ( she couldn’t be there) Bài tập :CÂU MONG ƯỚC A Chia động từ ngoặc 10.She wishes her father ( be) _ here now to help her 11.I wish they ( visit) _us when they were in town 12.I wish someone ( give) _ me a job next month 13.If only I ( can take) _the trip to Hanoi with her next summer 14.I wish they ( know) _the truth yesterday 15.I wish I (see) _ that film on TV again 16.We wish she (be) _ our teacher of English 17.My brother wishes he (not waste) _ time when he was young 18.They wish they (come) _ to class on time yesterday morning 10 I wish I ( spend) _my last summer vacation in the mountains 11.I wish she (come) _ to see me yesterday 12.If only I ( have) _more time to this job 13.He missed an exciting football match on TV last night He wishes he (watch) it 14.I wish you ( not give ) _them my phone number yesterday 15.We wish we ( understand) _all the teacher’s explanation yesterday B Viết lại câu sau cho nghĩa câu không thay đổi What a pity!The weather isn’t nice. _ Your cousin doesn’t tell you the truth _ I’m sorry you don’t study hard _ I can’t lend you any money _ What a pity he doesn’t invite us to the party I’m sorry I can’t easily give the answer _ Tom isn’t here now _ We don’t buy that house _ They never visit us _ 10 She is often late for school _ Keys A were visited would give could take 5.had known would see 7.were had not wasted had come 10 had spent 11 had come 12 had 13 had watched 14 had not given 15 had understood B 1.I wish the weather were nice I wish your cousin told you the truth 3.I wish you studied hard I wish I could lend you some money I wish he invited us to the party I wish I could easily give the answer I wish Tom were here now I wish we bought that house I wish they visited us 10 I wish she weren’t often late for school Planning date :3/11/2014 Teaching date:6/11/2014 BUỔI : LESSON 13-14 A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the use of “ wish” enough to , used to -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks Ss to exercises 2.Enough to Ex : The weather is warm enough to go swimming Marry is not old enough to go to school Form : S + tobe +( not ) + adj + enough + to infinitive Không đủ / khá ………….để làm gì Used to: past habit not happen at present e.g She used to walk to school Be (get) used to: e get used to (= be acquainted with) e.g She has got used to walking to office f be used to (be familiar with) e.g He was used to walking to office Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period The present perfect tense A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss revise the present perfect tense -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the present perfect tense more clearly and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks: -How are you today? -Who’s absent today? III-New lesson: Contents I-Grammar: 1-C«ng thøc: (+) S + have/ has + V-pII (-) S + have / has + not + V-pII (?) Have/ Has + S + V-pII .? -Yes, S + have/ has -No, S + have/ hasn’t Notes: Have: they, we, you, 2TR Has : I, she, he, it, 1TR 2-C¸ch dïng: -DiÔn t¶ sù viÖc võa míi x¶y Methods -Em h·y nh¾c l¹i c«ng thøc cña th× hiÖn t¹i hoµn thµnh? -Has, Have :®i víi nh÷ng chñ ng÷ nµo? Ex: she has just arrived at the airport They have begun a new English class recently -DiÔn t¶ sù viÖc x¶y nhng kh«ng nhí râ thêi gian Ex: I have already seen that play -Have you ever been to New York? -He has not repaired his car yet? -C¸ch dïng cña th× hiÖn t¹i hoµn thµnh? -Em h·y cho vÝ dô tõng lo¹i? -Diễn tả việc đã xảy quá khứ và còn liên quan đến Ex: I have lived in Lam Cot since 2004 I have lived in Lam Cot for years II-Practice: Hoàn thành các câu sau thể phủ định, chú ý các thay đổi cần thiết: VD: I have finished my work. >He hasn’t finished his work 1.He has worked very hard at that job >We 2.They have waited for Wilson >I 3.They have received the letter from their family >Mary 4.John has found his pen >I _ 5.Mr Johnson has left for London >They 6.I have finished my homework >You _ 7.We have had dinner >She 8.Our grandfather has come to stay with us >Their grandfather _ 9.He has turned TV off >His sister 10.I have arrived at the airport >My brother *§¸p ¸n bµi tËp: 1.We haven’t worked very hard at that job Contents Methods 2.I haven’t waited for Wilson 3.Mary hasn’t received the letter from her family 4.I haven’t found my pen 5.They haven’t left for London 6.You haven’t finished your homework 7.She hasn’t had dinner 8.Their grandfather hasn’t come to stay with them 9.His sister hasn’t turned TV off 10.My brother hasn’t arrived at the airport I-Grammar: *C¸c tõ ®i kÌm cña th× hiÖn t¹i hoµn thµnh: Just, since, for, recently, yet, never, ever, already, before, so far, it’s the first/ second time…, up to now, up to the present, till now(cho tíi b©y giê), all + TTSH + life *VÞ trÝ cña c¸c tõ: Just, never, ever, already đứng sau have/ has Yet, before đứng cuối câu *Notes: yet: dùng câu phủ định và c©u hái For + kho¶ng thêi gian Since + mèc thêi gian ë qu¸ khø Never: mang nghĩa phủ định II-Practice: Bµi 1:§iÒn vµo chç trèng víi JUST hoÆc YET: 1.He hasn’t phone us 2.They have _ posted the letter 3.You have visited Paris, But you haven’t visited London 4.Has the class started ? 5.Have you had a bath ? 6.I have _seen that film 7.Has he had his new car ? 8.We have had dinner 9.Have you finished your homework _? 10.My brother hasn’t found a job _ Bài 2: Cho dạng đúng động từ ngoÆc ë th× hiÖn t¹i hoµn thµnh: 1.We (visit) that museum 2.Bill (just finish) the work 3.I (live) in this city all of my life 4.We (see) that play 5.We (study) six lessons in the book 6.I think Mr Brown (have) his lunch 7.Margaret and Jane (have) a lot of practice in English 8.Mary (go) to the supermarket 9.Mr Smith (not travel) to Vietnam yet -C¸c tõ ®i kÌm cña th× hiÖn t¹i hoµn thµnh gåm nh÷ng tõ nµo? -VÞ trÝ cña c¸c tõ nh thÕ nµo? -Cách dùng các từ đó nh nµo? -Cho vÝ dô tõng lo¹i? *§¸p ¸n c¸c bµi tËp: Bµi 1: individually 1.Yet 2.Just 3.Yet 4.Yet 5.Yet 6.Just 7.Yet 8.Just 9.Yet 10.Yet Bµi 2: 1.have visited 2.has just finished 3.have lived 4.have seen 5.have studied 6.has had 7.have had 8.has gone 9.hasn’t travelled 10.has never seen 11.Has he gone 12.Have you met 10.He (never see) a ballet in his life 11.He (go) to the post office yet? 12.You (meet) your uncle from the USA yet? Bµi tËp bæ trî Contents Bµi 1: H·y s¾p xÕp thµnh ng÷ chØ thêi gian theo đúng cột: 1996 4.00 P.M Monday a day yesterday many months an hour 1.00 P.M ten years a long time a week she was young FOR _ SINCE Bài 2:Hãy đặt câu hỏi thì hoàn thµnh, dïng c¸c tõ gîi ý: 1.You/ read/ a newpaper today? 2.You/ see/ Tom for few days? _ 3.You/ play/ soccer recently? 4.You/ eat/ anything today? 5.You/ see/ any good films recently? _ 6.You/ have/ a holiday this year? Bµi 3:§iÒn vµo chç trèng víi Yet hoÆc Already: 1.He hasn’t called us _ 2.They have posted the leter 3.John has _ bought the tickets for the game 4.We have _ been to Da Lat three times 5.Has the police found the thief ? 6.The plane has left the airport 7.We haven’t been to Lon Don _ Bµi 4:§iÒn vµo chç trèng víi SINCE hoÆc Methods §¸p ¸n c¸c bµi tËp Bµi 1: For a day many months an hour ten years a long time a week Since 1996 4.00 P.M Monday yesterday 1.00 P.M she was young Bµi 1.Have you read a newpaper today? Have you seen Tom for few days? 3.Have you played soccer recently? 4.Have you eaten anything today? 5.Have you seen any good films recently? 6.Have you had a holiday this year? Bµi 3: 1-yet 2-already 3-already 4-already 5-yet 6-already 7-yet Bµi 4: 1-for FOR: 1.I haven’t seen Kate _a minute 2.he’s been in China January 3.he has worked for the company _ several years 4.They have lived next door to my house I was young 5.They have been good friends they studied at high school 6.He’s been at my house 8.00 o’clock this morning 2-since 3-for 4-since 5-since 6-since Bµi 5: The present perfect tense: 1-We ( know ) each other for along time 2-I ( not meet ) him since June 3-Here are your shoes I just ( polish) them 4-You (read ) the stories of Heminway yet ? 5-My mother ( teach ) in this shool since 1995 Bµi 5: 1-have known 2-haven’t met 3-have just polished 4-have you read 5-has taught IV-Consolidation:T asks Ss to retell: -C«ng thøc vµ c¸ch dïng cña th× hiÖn t¹i hoµn thµnh? V-Homework: -To learn the forms by heart -To exercises in your notebooks again Period 8: §Ò kiÓm tra Bài 1:Cho dạng đúng động từ ngoặc: (3 điểm) 1.My father (watch) TV at 9.00 a.m yesterday _ 2.She (be) at home yesterday _ 3.When I phoned her, She (read) a book at o’clock last night _ 4.I (study) English since 2003 _ 5.My friends (learn) English while I (do) my homework 6.She (not finish) her examination yet Bµi 2: §iÒn for, since, just hay yet vµo c¸c chç trèng sau: (2 ®iÓm) 1.I have met him in the park 2.She has finished her homework an hour 3.They haven’t seen her Thursday 4.Has he had lunch ? Bài 3: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng nhất: (3 điểm) 1.I my homework yet a.haven’t finished b finished c.have finished 2.He _this car yesterday a.has bought b.have bought c bought 3.While Lan was reading a book, Mai _to music a.were listening b.was listening c listened 4.My brother has moved to Ho Chi Minh city _ last year a.since b.for c.yet 5.In 1999, They _this house a.have built b.were building c.built 6.When my father came, I TV a.was watching b.is watching c.watched Bµi 4: §äc kü ®o¹n v¨n sau råi tr¶ lêi c¸c c©u hái: (2 ®iÓm) Last June, David went to Ha Long bay for three weeks He went by plane and he stayed in a big hotel He took many photographs of caves He visited many caves in Ha Long Bay and ate a lot of seafood He enjoyed the holiday very much 1.When did David go to Ha Long Bay? _ 2.How did he go there? _ 3.What did he take? 4.What did he visit in Ha Long? 5.Chuyển các câu sau sang câu phủ định: (3đ) a.Peter often watches TV in the morning b.Mr David is a driver c.They are reading books d.We play soccer in the afternoon e.My mother will go to Hanoi tomorrow f.Lan and Mai are going to visit Ha Long bay next week 6.Chia động từ ngoặc thì thích hợp: (3đ) a.Hung (water) the trees in the garden now b.I (go) to Hue next week c.They (do) their exercises every evening? d.We (not buy) a car at the moment e.Allen (get) up late in the morning? f.How (be) you? 7.-Nèi A víi B: (2®) A B 1.Mary has to stay in bed a.We shall have bread and butter 2.I’m not hungry now b.Because she is having a headache 3.What shall we have for lunch? c.I have no time 4.Where are you going to spend your holiday? d.so I’ll take a bath first 1. 2. _ 3. _ 4. 8.-§äc ®o¹n v¨n sau vµ tr¶ lêi c©u hái: (2®) Peter and Paul are talking about their next summer holiday Paul’s father wants to travel to Scotland but his mother worries who’s going to look after the house and the garden In the end, they may stay at home Peter says he’ll be able to go on a camping trip or to his uncle’s farm but he prefers to go on a camping trip 1.What are Peter and Paul talking about? 2.Where does Paul’s father want to travel? 3.Why may Paul’s family stay at home in the end? 4.What does Peter prefer? §¸p ¸n I-3® a.Peter doesn’t often watch TV in the morning b.Mr David isn’t a driver c.They aren’t reading books d.We don’t play soccer in the afternoon e.My mother will not go to Hanoi tomorrow f.Lan and Mai aren’t going to visit Ha Long bay next week II-3® a.is watering b.will go/ shall go c.Do they d.aren’t buying e.Does…get f.are III-2® 1.b 2.d 3.a 4.c IV-2® They are talking about their next summer holiday He wants to travel to Scotland His mother worries who’s going to look after the house and the garden He prefers to go on a camping trip Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… CHỮA §Ò kiÓm tra Period : Bµi 1:(3 ®iÓm) 1.was watching 4.have studied 2.was 3.was reading were learn- was doing 6.has not finished Bµi 2:(2 ®iÓm) 1.just 2.for Bµi 3:(3 ®iÓm) 1.a 2.c 3.since 3.b 4.yet 4.a 5.c 6.a Bµi 4:(2 ®iÓm) David went to Ha Long bay last June He went there by plane He took many photographs of caves He visited many caves in Ha Long Bay Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 10 : Passive voice of The simple prerent tense+ Present Progressive A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the passive voice of simple present tense -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the passive voice of simple present tense more clearly and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: T asks Ss: “When people use the passive voice?” III-New lesson: Contents I-Grammar: -Câu chủ động là câu mà chủ ngữ làm chủ hành động Ngời ta thờng dùng câu chủ động quan tâm đến ngời tạo hành động là đối tợng bị / đợc tiếp nhận hành động -Câu bị động là câu mà đối tợng bị / đợc tiếp nhận hành động làm chủ ngữ Ngời ta thờng dùng câu bị động quan tâm đến đối tợng bị / đợc tiếp nhận hành động là ngời tạo hành động Methods -Câu chủ động là gì? -Ngời ta dùng câu chủ động nµo? -Câu bị động là gì? -Câu bị động đợc dùng nµo? -Cho mét vµi t×nh huèng vÝ dô câu bị động và câu chủ động? *C«ng thøc tæng qu¸t: S+V+O S + be +V-pII + by+O *Câu bị động thì thờng: Ex: The workers make the pens The pens are made by workers S + V-s,es + O S + am/ is/ are+ pII + by+O II-Practice: Bài 1: Đổi các câu sau sang thể bị động: 1.People grow rice in India _ 2.People speak Spanish in Argentina _ 3.They make this computer in the USA _ 4.People make cheese from milk 5.We paint the house everyday _ 6.We clean the garage everyday -Công thức câu chủ động thì hiÖn t¹i thêng nh thÕ nµo? -Khi chuyển sang câu bị động nã cã c«ng thøc nh thÕ nµo? -Nh×n vµo c«ng thøc, hay tr×nh bµy c¸ch chuyÓn tõ c©u chñ động sang câu bị động -ChuyÓn c©u sau sang d¹ng bÞ động -Tõ vd trªn h·y ®a c«ng thøc câu chủ động và câu bị động cña th× hiÖn t¹i thêng? §¸p ¸n bµi tËp Rice is grown in India 2.Spanish is spoken in Argentina 3.This computer is made in the USA Cheese is made from milk 5.The house is painted everyday 6.The garage is cleaned everyday 7.Coffee is exported to 20 different countries 7.We export coffee to 20 different countries 8.Someone checks the water level every week _ 9.People don't use this road very often 10 The cat catches the mouse _ 11.Someone delivers the newspapers once a day _ 12.People speak English in many countries over the world 13.They don't make cars here 14.They feed the monkeys at the zoo twice a day 15.They grow fruits in California Contents 8.The water level is checked every week 9.This road isn’t used very often 10.The mouse is caught by the cat 11.The newspapers are delivered once a day 12.English is spoken in many countries over the world 13.Cars aren’t made here 14.The monkeys are fed at the zoo twice a day 15.Fruits are grown in California Methods IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To learn the forms by heart -To exercise again Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… WEEK : 22 Planning date :25/1/2015 Teaching date: 26/12015 BUỔI : LESSON 1,2 CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN A Aim By the end of the lesson, sts will be able to review the coditional sentences type1,2,3, doing exercices Teaching aids: posters B.Content I Lý thuyết - Một câu điều kiện thường có hai mệnh đề là mệnh đề chính và mệnh đề phụ(If) Mệnh đề phụ (If)có thể đặt trước sau mệnh đề chính - Có loại câu điều kiện: 1.Câu điều kiện 1: điều kiện có thể xảy * form: MỆNH ĐỀ IF MỆNH ĐỀ CHÍNH Simple present( HTđ) Simple future( TLđ) If + S + V(HT) +O , S + Will/ Shall + V(inf) + O If I have * eg: time, I shall visit you John usually walks to school if he has enough time If she eats much, she will be over weight Câu điều kiện : điều kiện không có thật * form : MỆNH ĐỀ IF MỆNH ĐỀ CHÍNH Past simple (QKĐ) , would/could/ should/ might + Vinf If + S + V–ed (V2) + O, S + would/ could + V(inf) + O *Note: Tobe dùng Were cho tất các ngôi ( Mệnh đề If) * eg: If I had much money , I would buy a new bicycle If you practised English every day , you could speak it fluently If I were you, I would not tell him about that Câu điều kiện 3: điều kiện không có thật quá khứ (Học lớp 10,11,12) * form: MỆNH ĐỀ IF MỆNH ĐỀ CHÍNH Thì quá khứ hoàn thành would, could, might + have +PP If + S + had + V-ed(V3) + S + would/ could + have + V-ed(V3) + O, O * Eg: If he had driven more carefully, he could have had fewer accidents Note: Unless = if…not ( không, trừ ) Eg: Unless it rains, we will go to the movies = ( If it does not rain , we will go to the movies) Bảng tóm tắt câu điều kiện Loại Mệnh đề phụ(IF) Mệnh đề chính Will V(HTĐ) Be (is/am/are) Đt thường V inf/ V(s/ es) Quá khứ đơn (bàng thái) Be " WERE Đt thường V- ed /( V2)BQT QKHT (bàng thái) Had + V- ed(V3) BQT Can + V (inf) Shall May Could Would + V (inf) Should Might Could Would + have + V- ed( pp) Should II Bài tập A.Chia động từ ngoặc 1.If you ( go) away, please write to me If you ( be) in, I should have given it to you If he (eat) another cake, he will be sick I ( not ) that if I (be) you If he (take) my advice, everything can go well I would have come sooner if I ( know) you were here He never does homework If he ( do) his homework, he (not worry) about his exam 8.It’s too bad we lost the game If you (play) for us, we( win) 9.What you (do) if she refuses your invitation? 10 If today (be) Sunday, we (go) to the beach 11 Unless they (pass) their examinations, they would join the army 12 You (be) ill if you drink that water 13 If Tom (go) to bed earlier, he would not be so tired 14 Had we known your address, we( write) you a letter 15 If it’s raining heavily, we (not go) for a donkey ride 16 If he (try) hard, he’ll pass the examination 17 I could understand the French teacher if she (speak) more slowly 18.If she (not be) busy, she would have come to the party 19 If I (finish) the work in time, I ( go) to the football game 20 If you( see) Mary today, please ( ask) her to call me B.Viết lại câu sau cho nghĩa câu không thay đổi That man doesn’t work hard.He can’t earn more money 2.I don’t tell him the answer because he is from home My friend and I don’t have enough money , so we will not buy a house of our own The weather isn’t better now, so we can’t go for a walk I don’t know his address, and I don’t give it to you 6.He does not work slowly enough, so he makes many mistakes I am not sent to prison She doesn’t visit me I don’t win a big prize in a lottery, so I don’t give up my job The doctor can’t see many patients because he is so late 10 We don’t visit them in Hanoi because tickets are expensive Keys A go had been eats wouldn’t do/ were 5.takes had known did/ wouldn’t worry had played/ would have won will ….do 10 were /would go 11.passed 12 will be 13.went 14 would have written 15.won’t go 16 tries 17 spoke 18 hadn’t been 19 finish/ will go 20 see / ask B 1.If the man worked hard , he could earn more money If he weren’t away from home, I would tell him the answer 3.If my friend and had enough money, we would buy a house of our own If the weather were better now, we could go for a walk If I knew his address,I would give it to you If he worked slowly enough, he would not make many mistakes If I were sent to prison, I would visit me If I won a big prize in a lottery, I would give up my job If the doctor weren’t so late, he could see many patients 10 If ticket weren’t expensive, we would visit them in Hanoi WEEK : 23 Planning date :25/1/2015 Teaching date: 26/12015 BUỔI : LESSON 1,2,3,4 The simple Present +present continuous EXERCISESA.Aim By the end of the lesson, sts will be able to review the simple present tense, the present continuous tense + doing exercices  Teaching aids: posters B.Content Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… WEEK : 23 A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss futher practice in the passive voice of and simple present tense and present progressive -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: S1: Writing the form of the passive voice in the past simple tense S2: making an example of the form above -T gets feedback and give marks to them III-New lesson: Contents Methods I-Grammar: 1-C«ng thøc: S + tobe +V-ing + O S + tobe + being + pII + by+O 2-C¸ch chuyÓn: -Xác định chủ ngữ, động từ, tân ngữ câu chủ động -Em h·y viÕt c«ng thøc c©u chủ động các thì tiếp diễn? -Khi chuyển sang câu bị động nã cã c«ng thøc nh thÕ nµo? -Nh×n vµo c«ng thøc, h·y tr×nh bµy c¸ch chuyÓn tõ c©u chñ động sang câu bị động -Tân ngữ câu chủ động chuyển thành chủ ngữ câu bị động -Viết be thì động từ chính câu chủ động + being -Viết động từ chính câu bị động dạng qu¸ khø ph©n tõ -Chủ ngữ câu chủ động chuyển thành tân ngữ câu bị động, viết sau chữ BY -Nếu chủ ngữ là đại từ nhân xng (they, he…) hay đại từ bất định (someone, everyone) có thể bỏ câu bị động II-Practice: Bài 1: Đổi các câu sau sang dạng bị động: 1.She is reading a book 2.They were singing a song 3.I am buying two pens _ 4.Hung is learning English _ 5.They were collecting the gabages 6.We were painting the house at 5p.m yesterday 7.She is making the cakes _ 8.They are cooking dinner _ 9.Lan’s mother was giving her a present _ -ChuyÓn c©u sau sang d¹ng bÞ động EX : She is reading a book now >A book is being read now by her §¸p ¸n bµi tËp 1-A book is being read by her 2-A song was being sung by them 3-Two pens are being bought 4-English is being learnt by Hung 5-The gabages were being collected 6-The house was being painted at p.m yesterday 7-The cakes are being made by her 8-Dinner is being cooked 9-She was given a present by Lan’s mother IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To exercise again (Bµi tËp thùc hµnh tù chän) Period 12: Passive voice of Simple past and Past Progressive A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the passive voice of past simple tense -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the passive voice of past simple tense more clearly and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: S1: Writing the form of the passive voice in the simple present tense S2: making an example of the form above -T gets feedback and give marks to them III-New lesson: Contents Methods I-Grammar: 1-C«ng thøc: S + V-pI,ed + O S + was/ were + pII + by+O 2-C¸ch chuyÓn: -Xác định chủ ngữ, động từ, tân ngữ câu chủ động -Tân ngữ câu chủ động chuyển thành chủ ngữ câu bị động -Viết be thì động từ chính câu chủ động.(were/ was) -Viết động từ chính câu bị động dạng qu¸ khø ph©n tõ -Chủ ngữ câu chủ động chuyển thành tân ngữ câu bị động, viết sau chữ BY -Nếu chủ ngữ là đại từ nhân xng (they, he…) hay đại từ bất định (someone, everyone) có thể bỏ câu bị động II-Practice: Bài 1: Đổi các câu sau sang thể bị động: 1.Tolstoy wrote "War and peace" 2.Shakespeare wrote "Hamlet" 3.Hemingway didn't write "Hamlet" 4.Did Shakespeare write "Hamlet"? 5.Someone built that house in 1930 -Em h·y viÕt c«ng thøc c©u chủ động thì quá khứ thờng? -Khi chuyển sang câu bị động nã cã c«ng thøc nh thÕ nµo? -Nh×n vµo c«ng thøc, hay tr×nh bµy c¸ch chuyÓn tõ c©u chñ động sang câu bị động -ChuyÓn c©u sau sang d¹ng bÞ động EX : I visited my grandfather last week >My grandfather was visited last week §¸p ¸n bµi tËp “War and peace” was written by Tolstoy “Hanlet” was written by Shakespeare "Hamlet"wasn’t written by Hemingway 4.Was "Hamlet" written by Shakespeare? 6.Bod Smith built that house 7.They opened the factory at o'clock 8.They posted all letters yesterday 9.We invited fifty people to the party 10.Someone broke into our house last night 11.Who wrote it? 12.What did he write it with? Bài 2:Cho dạng đúng động từ ngoặc đơn chú ý thì và thể chủ động hay bị động động từ: 1.Yesterday our teacher (arrive) minutes late 2.Newspapers(read) by over 200.000 people everyday 3.When I (arrive) at the airport yesterday, I (meet) by my family 4.A new school (build) in our village last month 5.Peter (do) this work last week 6.That homework (do) by Tom 7.The Eiffel Tower (visit) by millions of people every year 8.They (write) this essay yesterday 9.This computer (buy) yesterday by my father 10.I (clean) my house everyday Contents 5.That house was built in 1930 6.That house was built by Bod Smith 7.The factory was opened at o'clock 8.All letters were posted yesterday 9.Fifty people were invited to the party 10.Our house was broken into last night 11.Who was it written by? 12.What was it written with? Bµi 2: 1-arrived 2-were read 3-arrived – was met 4-was built 5-did 6-was done 7-is visited 8-wrote 9-was bought 10-clean Methods I-Grammar: 1-C«ng thøc: S + tobe +V-ing + O S + tobe + being + pII + by+O 2-C¸ch chuyÓn: -Xác định chủ ngữ, động từ, tân ngữ câu chủ động -Tân ngữ câu chủ động chuyển thành chủ ngữ câu bị động -Viết be thì động từ chính câu chủ động + being -Viết động từ chính câu bị động dạng qu¸ khø ph©n tõ -Em h·y viÕt c«ng thøc c©u chủ động các thì tiếp diễn? -Khi chuyển sang câu bị động nã cã c«ng thøc nh thÕ nµo? -Nh×n vµo c«ng thøc, h·y tr×nh bµy c¸ch chuyÓn tõ c©u chñ động sang câu bị động -ChuyÓn c©u sau sang d¹ng bÞ động -Chủ ngữ câu chủ động chuyển thành tân ngữ câu bị động, viết sau chữ BY -Nếu chủ ngữ là đại từ nhân xng (they, he…) hay đại từ bất định (someone, everyone) có thể bỏ câu bị động II-Practice: Bài 1: Đổi các câu sau sang dạng bị động: 1.She is reading a book 2.They were singing a song 3.I am buying two pens _ 4.Hung is learning English _ 5.They were collecting the gabages 6.We were painting the house at 5p.m yesterday 7.She is making the cakes _ 8.They are cooking dinner _ 9.Lan’s mother was giving her a present _ EX : She is reading a book now >A book is being read now by her §¸p ¸n bµi tËp 1-A book is being read by her 2-A song was being sung by them 3-Two pens are being bought 4-English is being learnt by Hung 5-The gabages were being collected 6-The house was being painted at p.m yesterday 7-The cakes are being made by her 8-Dinner is being cooked 9-She was given a present by Lan’s mother Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 13 : bµi tËp bæ trî A-The aims and the requests: To help Ss futher practice in the passive voice of past simple tense and past progressive tense -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: S1: Writing the form of the passive voice in the past simple tense S2: making an example of the form above -T gets feedback and give marks to them III-New lesson: Contents Bài 1: Dùng từ gợi ý đặt các câu thể bị động (Chú ý thì câu): 1.The parcel/ post/ yesterday _ 2.The children/ give/ some food/ a few minutes ago 3.Many people/ hurt/ in an accident last night 4.The factory/ open/ last month 5.The newspapers/ send/ our village/ everyday _ 6.House/ often/ make/ brick 7.When/ Amirica/ discover? 8.Thang Long Bridge/ finish/ 1985 _ 9.Shoes/ wear/ everyday _ 10.Our friends/ see/ outside the theater/ by the police/ yesterday 11.This car/ buy/ yesterday _ 12.He/ meet/ in the park/ by his mother/ last week Bài 2: Đổi các câu sau sang dạng bị động: 1.The storm damaged the house Methods §¸p ¸n c¸c bµi tËp: Bµi 1.The parcel was posted yesterday 2.The children were given some food a few minutes ago 3.Many people were hurt in an accident last night 4.The factory was opened last month 5.The newspapers are sent to our village everyday 6.House is often made of brick 7.When was Amirica discovered? 8.Thang Long Bridge was finished in 1985 9.Shoes are worn everyday 10.Our friends were seen outside the theater by the police yesterday 11.This car was bought yesterday 12.He was met in the park by his mother last week Bµi 2: 1-The house was damaged by 2.They built this house in 1991 3.He wrote a leter to his friend yesterday 4.They bought this car in 2000 5.Lan made a lot of cakes 6.I gave that book to Lan 7.She cleaned this room yesterday 8.They ate some oranges after dinner last night 9.They invited me to the party 10.Lan visited Ho Chi Minh museum last week 11 My sister cleans the room everyday 12 Her mother doesn’t cook meals in the kitchen 13 Did you sing English songs beautifully? 14 Who wrote this novel? 15.My sister gave me a new pair of jeans on my fifteenth birhtday 16.The zoo keepers feed the animals twice a day the storm 2-This house was built in 1991 3-A letter was written to his friend yesterday 4-This car was bought in 2002 5-A lot of cakes were made by Lan 6-That book was given to Lan 7-This room was cleaned yesterday 8-Some oranges were eaten after dinner last night 13-Were English songs sung beautifully? 14-Who was this novel written by? IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To exercise again (Bµi tËp thùc hµnh tù chän) Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 14: Passive voice of Simple Future + Model verbs A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the passive voice of modal verbs -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the passive voice of modal verbs more clearly and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: *Liệt kê động từ khuyết thiếu mà em đã đợc học? §¸p ¸n: will/ shall/ should/ would/ can/ could/ may/ might/ must/ have to/ has to/ ought to/ had to III-New lesson: Contents Methods I-Grammar: 1-C«ng thøc: S + modal + V + O S + modal + be + pII + by+O 2-C¸ch chuyÓn: -Xác định chủ ngữ, động từ, tân ngữ câu chủ động -Tân ngữ câu chủ động chuyển thành chủ ngữ câu bị động -Viết BE vào động từ khuyết thiếu và động từ chính (ở dạng quá khứ phân từ) -Viết động từ chính câu bị động dạng qu¸ khø ph©n tõ -Chủ ngữ câu chủ động chuyển thành tân ngữ câu bị động, viết sau chữ BY -Nếu chủ ngữ là đại từ nhân xng (they, he…) hay đại từ bất định (someone, everyone) có thể bỏ câu bị động *Be going to/ be able to: còng cã d¹ng t¬ng tù nh các động từ khuyết thiếu chuyển sang dạng bị động II-Practice: Bài 1: Đổi các câu sau sang dạng bị động: 1.You mustn't use this machine after 5.30 2.You must clean this machine every time you use it 3.Someone will drive your car to London on Tuesday 4.They will ask you a lot of questions at the interview 5.They will send you your examination results when they are ready 6.In this August, They will build a new house 7.The teacher can give him good marks 8.I can't learn English very well 9.I am going to phone you 10.Someone might break the vase 11.You should your homework everyday 12.She may drive a car around stadium -Em h·y viÕt c«ng thøc c©u chủ động các động từ khuyÕt thiÕu? -Khi chuyển sang câu bị động nã cã c«ng thøc nh thÕ nµo? -Nh×n vµo c«ng thøc, h·y tr×nh bµy c¸ch chuyÓn tõ c©u chñ động sang câu bị động các động từ khuyết thiếu -ChuyÓn c©u sau sang d¹ng bÞ động EX : She can speak English fluently >English can be spoken fluently by her §¸p ¸n bµi tËp 1-This machine mustn’t be used after 5.30 2-This machine must be cleaned every time it is used 3-Your car will be driven to London on Tuesday 4-A lot of questions will be asked at the interview 5-You will be sent your examination results when they are ready 6-In this August, A new house will be built 7-He can be given good marks by the teacher 8-English can’t be learnt very well by me Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 15: bµi tËp bæ trî A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the passive voice of modal verbs -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the passive voice of modal verbs more clearly and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: *Liệt kê động từ khuyết thiếu mà em đã đợc học? §¸p ¸n: will/ shall/ should/ would/ can/ could/ may/ might/ must/ have to/ has to/ ought to/ had to III-New lesson: Contents Bài 1: Đổi các câu sau sang dạng chủ động: 1.The examination will be given next week 2.Dinner will be served at seven 3.The new high way will be finished next week 4.This English course can be finished in a month 5.Steel can be produced by that factory 6.The film will be shown in a few minutes 7.This report will be given to the manager 8.Must your house be painted again? 9.This piece of music can be played by that small boy 10.The traffic rules must be followed Bµi 2: H·y viÕt c¸c c©u cho biÕt nh÷ng viÖc đợc làm thành phố em: VD: Public service/ improve/ soon > Public service will be improved soon 1.Some streets/ widen/ next month Methods §¸p ¸n c¸c bµi tËp: Bµi 1-They will give the examination next week 2-She will serve dinner at seven 3-They will finish the new high way 4-They can finish this English course in a month 5-That factory can produce steel 6-They will show the film in a few minutes 8-Must they paint the house again? 9-That small boy can play this piece of music Bµi 2: 1.Some streets will be widened 2.Many new schools/ build/ soon 3.Every street/ clean everyday/ next month 4.The educational system/ improve/ soon 5.The poor people/ lend money Bµi 3: h·y viÕt c¸c c©u cho biÕt nh÷ng viÖc có thể đợc làm (hoặc ngợc lại) thành phố cña em thêi gian tíi: VD: Plumbing/ improve >Plumbing can be improved 1.The poor people/ help 2.Slum in many areas / clear 3.Telephone service/ provide 4.The teacher's life/ not/ improve 5.The electricity/ provide to every village 6.Some roads/ improve 7.Many trees / plan/ along the streets 8.Traffic lights/ install 9.Anew supermarket / build in the center of the city 10.Somes stores/ not/ build Bµi 4: H·y viÕt c¸c c©u cho biÕt nh÷ng viÖc phải đợc làm trờng em thời gian s¾p tíi: VD: Some more classroom/ build -> Some more classroom must be built 1.The lab/ improve 2.The classroom/ fix/ more lights 3.Many books/ buy for the school library 4.The windows / clean 5.More computer/ buy 6.The school ground/ keep clean 7.Students / give more homework IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To learn the forms by heart -To exercise again (Bµi tËp thùc hµnh tù chän) Ngµy so¹n: next month 2.Many new schools will be built soon 3.Every street will be cleaned everyday next month 4.The educational system will be improved soon 5.The poor people will be lent money Bµi 3: 1.The poor people can be helped 2.Slum in many areas can be cleared 3.Telephone service can be provided 4.The teacher's life can not be improved 5.The electricity can be provided to every village 10.Somes stores can not be built Bµi 4: 1.The lab must be improved 4.The windows must be cleaned 6.The school ground must be kept clean 7.Students must be given more homework Ngµy d¹y: Period 16 Passive voice of present pefect A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the passive voice of the present perfect tense -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the passive voice of the present perfect tenses more clearly and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization: II-Warm up and check up: *Chia động từ: 1-They (build) this house since last year 2-He just (buy) this book -T gets feedback and gives mark to the student –have built–has just bought- III-New lesson: Contents Methods I-Grammar: 1-C«ng thøc: S + have/ has + V-pII+ O S + have/ has + been + pII + by+O 2-C¸ch chuyÓn: -Xác định chủ ngữ, động từ, tân ngữ câu chủ động -Tân ngữ câu chủ động chuyển thành chủ ngữ câu bị động -Viết has/ have been cộng động từ chính câu chủ động dạng quá khứ phân từ -Chủ ngữ câu chủ động chuyển thành tân ngữ câu bị động, viết sau chữ BY -Nếu chủ ngữ là đại từ nhân xng (they, he…) hay đại từ bất định (someone, everyone) có thể bỏ câu bị động II-Practice: Bài 1: Đổi các câu sau sang dạng bị động: -Em h·y viÕt c«ng thøc c©u chủ động thì hoàn thµnh? -Khi chuyển sang câu bị động nã cã c«ng thøc nh thÕ nµo? -Nh×n vµo c«ng thøc, h·y tr×nh bµy c¸ch chuyÓn tõ c©u chñ động sang câu bị động -ChuyÓn c©u sau sang d¹ng bÞ động Ex:They have built this house since last week This house has been built since last week (by them) §¸p ¸n bµi tËp 1.My brother has written a lot of plays 2.He has just finished his second tragedy _ 3.I haven’t done my homework _ 4.You have just seen the moon _ 5.He has read that book since he was a boy _ Bµi 2: Dïng tõ gîi ý viÕt thµnh c©u hoµn chỉnh dạng bị động thì hoàn thµnh: 1.Bicycles/ leave/ in the hall _ 2.Books/ keep/ for two weeks/ students _ 3.We/ give/ more information _ 4.A lot of trees/ cut down/ people 5.Many tropical forests/ destroy/ in this area _ 6.A new school/ build/ last month IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To learn the forms by heart -To exercises again Ngµy so¹n: Ngµy d¹y: Period 17 Passive voice of present pefect bµi tËp bæ trî Bµi 1-A lot of plays have been written by my brother 2-His second tragedy has just been finished 3-My homework hasn’t been done 4-The moon has just been seen 5-That book has been read since he was a boy Bµi 2: 1.Bicycles have been left in the hall 2.Books have been kept for two weeks by students 3.We have been given more information 4.A lot of trees have been cut down by people 5.Many tropical forests have been destroyed in this area 6.A new school has been built last month A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the passive voice of the present perfect tense -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the passive voice of the present perfect tenses more clearly and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization Contents Bài 1: Cho dạng đúng động từ ngoặc (bị động hay chủ động): 1.I (live) here since I was born 2.I( read) his books when I was at school 3.I can’t go out because I (not do) my homework yet 4.Alot of plays (write) by Shakepeare _ 5.I (not see) her for three years 6.The moon (see) last night by Hoa _ 7.She (spend) my holiday here since last week _ 8.You (have) breakfast yet? _ 9.Hung just (play) video games _ 10.Lan’s letter (send) since last month Bµi 2:ViÕt l¹i c¸c c©u sau cho nghÜa cña nó không thay đổi: 1-They had to cancel the flight because of the bad weather >The flight 2-We must finish the project on time Methods §¸p ¸n c¸c bµi tËp: Bµi 1-have lived 2-read 3-haven’t done 4-were written 5-haven’t seen 6-was seen 7-has spent 8-Have you had 9-has just played 10-was sent Bµi 2: 1-The flight had to be cancelled because of the bad weather 2-The project must be finished on time 3-A cure for cancer can be >The project 3-People can find a cure for cancer in the near future >A cure _ 4-Some people might steal your bike if you leave it outside >Your bike 5-They ought to knock down the old building >The old building _ 6-They held the 22nd sea games in Viet nam in 2003 >The 22nd sea games 7-William Shakepeare wrote Hamlet >Hamlet 8-The police has just caught the thief >The thief _ 9-Terrorists have attacked many cities in the world for months >Many cities _ 10-Phong has to return the scientific book to the library >The scientific book _ IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To learn the forms by heart -To exercises again Ngµy so¹n: Ngµy d¹y: Ngµy so¹n: found in the near future 4-Your bike might be stolen if it is left outside 5-The old building ought to be knocked down 6- The 22nd sea games were held in Viet Nam in 2003 7- Hamlet was written by William Shakepeare 8-The thief has just been caught by the police 9-Many cities in the world have been attacked for months by terrorists 10-The scientific book has to be returned to the library Ngµy d¹y: Period 18 : Ngµy so¹n: Ngµy d¹y: Period 19 test correct test Ngµy so¹n: Ngµy d¹y: Period 20 SO …THAT & SUCH …THAT.+:“ TOO TO” OR “ENOUGH TO” A Lý thuyết I So …that : quá …đến nỗi - Bắt đầu cho mệnh đề phụ kết * form: So + adj/adv + that- clause *eg: The weather is so bad that I have to stay at home He spoke so fast that I didn’t understand him *note: muốn diễn tả ý nghĩa” quá nhiều … đến nỗi” ta dùng: So many + danh từ đếm được, số nhiều + that – clause So much + danh từ không đếm được,số ít + that – clause *eg: He was so many books that he can’t read all of them There was so much noise that I couldn’t sleep II Such …that : quá … - Cũng bắt đầu cho mệnh đề phụ kết Tuy nhiên Such …that dùng với danh từ thường có tính từ bổ nghĩa đứng trước *form: such + (a/an) + adj + noun + that – clause *eg: She is such a beautiful girl that everybody admires her It was such hot tea that I couldn’t drink it They are such interesting books that we want to look at them again B.Bài tập Kết hợp cặp câu sau, dùng “ so …that” “ such …that” 1.My friend is too sick He can’t go to school 2.The food was very good We finished it up just a few minutes 3.New York was a very big city Jane was lost in it 4.My neighbours are very bad persons They made noise all day She bought too many things She couldn’t bring them home at a time 6.She is quite poor She can’t buy bicycle He gave us very good advice All of us are thankful to him 8.There is too much furniture in the room We don’t have enough space for the meeting 9.Lan was very busy She couldn’t go to the movies with us 10 Mr Green drank too much wine He got sick Keys 1.My friend is so sick that he can’t go to school 2.The food was so good that we finished it up in just a few minutes 3.New York was such a big city that Jane was lost in it My neighbours are such bad persons that they made noise all day She bought so many things that she couldn’t bring them home at a time 6.She is so poor that she can’t buy a bicycle He gave us such good advice that all of us are thankful to him There is so much furniture in the room that we don’t have enough space for the meeting Lan was so busy that she couldn’t go to movies with us 10 Mr Green drank so much wine that he got sick :“ TOO … TO” OR “ENOUGH TO” Lý thuyết I.Too ….to : quá …không thể - Được dùng để nguyên nhân đưa tới kết phủ định *form: Too + adj/adv + to –inf *eg: He is too young to go to school She ran too slowly to catch the train - Nếu động từ theo sau diễn tả việc thực chủ ngữ khác với chủ ngữ động từ trước thì ta dùng: *form: Too + adj/adv + for + somebody + to –inf *eg : The questions are too difficult for us to answer The box was too heavy for the children to carry II.Enough to …: đủ …để có thể - Được dùng để nguyên nhân đưa tới kết tất nhiên *form: adj/adv + enough + to – inf *eg: He is sick enough to need a doctor The policeman ran fast enough to catch the thief - Nếu động từ theo sau diễn tả việc thực chủ ngữ khác với chủ ngữ động từ trước thì ta dùng : *form: adj/ adv + enough + for + somebody + to – inf *eg:The exercises are easy enough for you to He spoke English slowly enough for us to understand Ngµy so¹n: Ngµy d¹y: Period 21 SO …THAT & SUCH …THAT.+:“ TOO TO” OR “ENOUGH TO” Exercises B.Bài tập I.Kết hợp các câu sau dùng “too … to” “enough to…” These oranges are ripe You can eat them 2.He is strong He can carry this table The house is large My family can live in it 4.It was very late They didn’t go to the party 5.The dress is so dirty She can’t wear it 6.She is tall She can reach the top shelf 7.Mr Brown isn’t rich He can’t buy car 8.My grandmother is very weak She can’t lift the box 9.The film is very good The children won’t miss it 10 Those shoes are large You can wear them II Kết hợp câu dùng “ … too + adj + for + …+ to – inf” 1.The child can’t drink this milk It’s too hot 2.We can’t lift this weight It’s too heavy They can’t push the piano through that door, it’s too narrow 4.You can’t hang the picture on that wall It’s too small She can’t watch this program It’s too boring III Nối câu dùng “ adj + enough + (for) + to – inf” 1.You shouldn’t wear this coat in winter It’s not warm enough 2.Don’t stand on that chair It’s not strong enough You can’t sleep in this bed It’s not wide enough for you two I couldn’t make coffee for everyone There weren’t enough cups He didn’t finish the examination He didn’t have enough time I These oranges are ripe enough for you to eat He is strong enough to carry this table 3.The house is large enough for my family to live in 4.It was too late for them to go to the party The dress is too dirty for her to wear 6.She is tall enough to reach the top shelf Mr Brown isn’t rich enough to buy a car My grandmother is too weak to lift the box 9.The film is too good for the children to miss 10 Those shoes are large enough for you to wear II 1.This milk is too hot for child to drink This weight is too heavy for us to lift That door is too narrow for them to push the piano through That wall is too small for you to hang the picture on 5.This program is too boring for her to watch III 1.This coat is not warm enough for you to wear in the winter That chair is not strong enough ( for you) to stand on This bed is not wide enough for you to sleep in There weren’t enough cups for me to make coffee for everyone He didn’t have enough time to finish the examination Ngµy so¹n: Ngµy d¹y: Period 22 preposition of time A Lý thuyÕt: - in: n¨m , th¸ng , mïa , buæi , thÕ kû Ex: in 2008 , in September, in summer, in the morning , in the 19th century -on: thø, buæi cña thø , ngµy vµ th¸ng on Monday, on Tuesday afternoon , on June eight on weekends , on the weekend , on Chistmas Day -at: at o'clock , at night, at midnight / midday, at Chrismas Day, at present at the moment, -till: (till pm) - from to/ up to ; từ đến (from Monday to friday) - between .and : gi÷a .vµ (between am and am) -since + điểm thời gian (xác định đợc) Ex: since Monday / o'clock / yesterday / 2006/ last week - for+khoảng thời gian (không xác định đợc) Ex: for two hours / three years / along time * - to be good at ? bad at ? weak at - to be amazed / amused ? delighted at - to be interested in - to be excited about - to tell some body about … - to run about - to check in - to tune in - to wait for , what for ……? - to listen to -to talk to sb about sth - to live on - to be born in to -to be fond of - to look ( for , up , down , in to , forward to ………) Ngµy so¹n: Ngµy d¹y: Period 23 exercises B Bµi tËp Giíi tõ I Choose the correct preposition to complete each sentence: "in , at, on , to , for , by, of, with, from, between, till, since" 1.-We will go a picnic next week 2.- My village is about 100 kilometers .the south of HCM city 3.- we often go for a walk the weekends 4.- There is a meeting .9 am and pm 5.- He was born 15th January She often pays the piano night We will live in Ha Noi from September .December She has been here yesterdey I' ve been working in this office .1970 10 I ' ve know .a long time II/ Fill the corrcet prepositions to complete each sentence: I have to get up half past Monday and Wednesdays they usually stay with her family Vietnamese New Year I went swimming the weekends They decided to go to the cineme Saturday I went to bed early last night The new college term starts september She met her boy friend o' clock the morning When is your birthday ? It's 26 March 1993 They went for a walk in the park yesterday evening 10 Ha Noi gets very cold the winter 11 Tomorrow morning , there will be a meeting am and 11 am 12 Many people are interested .the product thet save enegry 13 Mr john turns the TV to see the hot news 14 Life a big city is not so quite is .the coutry 15 Take care your self 16 Most them are fond fiction books 17 He 's familiar this the topic 18 I'm afriad riding is busy streets 19 I intend to buy something my house 20 It;s very kind you say so 21 What are you doing ? I'm looking my pen 22 These boy always laugh the newcomers 23 Fresh air is good you 24 I hope she's pleased her birthday presents 25 Why are you looking me like that 26 Lan is good .English nd Math 27 I speak him my travel Paris 28 You can get there bus or train or , of course foot 29 Don't be angry me, listen what I have to say 30 The train left here Ha Noi .midnight 31 I perfer beef chicken 32 Wait me ! Don't go .me 33 Our first period is 7.00 7.45 34 I am tired .eating fish 35 The internet is a very fast and covenient way mo to get information I can also communicate my friends and relatives means of email or chatting Ngµy so¹n: Ngµy d¹y: Period 24: Conditional sentences Type 1,2,3 A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the conditional sentence type 1, -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the conditional sentence type 1, more clearly and the exercise well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss some questions: 1-What’s the weather like today? 2-What weather you like best? 3-How are you today? 4-Who’s absent today? Methods -Ss answer the questions 1-It is - today 2-I like hot weather best 3-I’m fine, thank you And you? 4-Nobody is absent today II-Checking up the old lesson: III-New lesson: 1.Grammar: *C©u ®iÒu kiÖn lo¹i 1: cã thÓ x¶y t¬ng lai *C«ng thøc : Mệnh đề phụ , Mệnh đề chính -Ss listen and copy down the grammar -Ss answer the teacher’s questions if possible Ex: If you study hard, you will IF + S + V-ht…, S + Will + V-nd… *Notes: -Thay vì dùng thì tơng lai đơn, có thể dùng can, may, must + V-nd…hay cã thÓ dïng c©u mệnh lệnh mệnh đề chính -Dùng thì đơn thay vì tơng lai đơn mệnh đề chính để diễn tả quy luật tự nhiên hay quy luËt tÊt yÕu *C©u ®iÒu kiÖn lo¹i 2: ®iÒu kiÖn kh«ng cã thËt ë hiÖn t¹i *C«ng thøc: IF + S + V-qk…., S + would/ could + V-nd… VD: If I had wings, I would fly If I were a bird, I would be a white dove 2-Practice: *Điền vào chỗ trống với dạng đúng động tõ ngoÆc: 1-If I … your book, I… it to you (find/ give) 2-She …… …us if she……… any problems (phone/ have) 3-If you……… to the party, I……… with you (go/ come) 4-She ……very happy if she …… that new job (not be/ not get) 5.If you …….with us, you…… a good time (come/ have) 6-We ……….you if we………… the time (help/ have) 7-I ……… for you if you………… late (not wait/ be) 8-We ……… camping if it…………… (go/ not rain) 9-If there………… a good program on TV tonight, I ………….it (be/ watch) 10-we……… swimming if it……… a nice day tomorrow.(go/ be) IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points pass the exam = You will pass the exam if you study hard Ex: If you study hard, you can pass the exam If he comes here, tell him the truth Ex: If you heat ice, it melts VD :T×nh huèng thËt: Tom doesn’t get good marks in Math because he is very lazy Gi¶ thiÕt: If Tom were more hard-working, he could get good marks in Math Individually Answer key: 1-find – will give 2-will phone – has 3- go – will come 4-won’t be – doesn’t get 5-come – will have 6-will help – have 7-won’t wait – are 8-will go – doesn’t rain 9-is – will watch 10-will go - is V-Homework: -To study the grammar carefully -To make your own sentences using the forms above -Ss write homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 25 Conditional sentences Type 1,2,3 Exercises A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss further practice in the conditional sentence type 1, -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to the exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss some questions: -How are you today? -Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: S1,2,3: making their own sentences using the conditional sentence type 1, -T gets feedback and gives the marks to them III-New lesson: Bài 1:Kết hợp các câu sau dùng mệnh đề IF: 1-Maybe it will rain tomorrow night I will stay at home 2-Maybe it will be hot tomorrow I will go swimming 3-Maybe Adam will have enough time He will finish his homework 4-Maybe I won’t get a letter tomorrow I will call my aunt Methods -Ss answer the questions -I’m fine, thank you And you? -Nobody is absent today Three Ss go to the board and their tasks §¸p ¸n c¸c bµi tËp: Bµi 1:Pairwork 1-If it rains tomorrow night I will stay at home 2-If it is hot tomorrow I will go swimming 3-If Adam has enough time He will finish his homework 4-If I don’t get a letter tomorrow I will call my aunt 5-We will go on a picnic if the weather is nice tomorrow 5-We will go on a picnic Maybe the weather will be nice tomorrow Bµi 2: KÕt hîp c¸c c©u nhãm A víi c¸c c©u t¬ng øng nhãm B: Nhãm A: 1.If my father passes his driving test, 2.You will learn English more easily if 3.Will you give her these flowers when 4.If they don’t give him the job, 5.Your plants won’t grow well if 6.If I am free this evening, Nhãm B: a.you study a little everyday b.you don’t water them c.he’ll buy a car d.you see her? e.I don’t know what he will f.I will take you to the theater Bµi 2:Pairwork 1.c - 2a - 3d 4e - 5b - 6f Bµi 3:Individually 1-isn’t - shoots/ will shoot Bài 3: Cho dạng đúng động từ ngoÆc: 1-If there (not be) gravity, the moon (shoot) into space instead of traveling around the earth 2-If I were your age, I (do) differently 3-If I should find your passport, I (telephone) you at once 4-If I (have) wings, I (not have to) take an airplane to fly home 5-This letter will be in Ho Chi Minh in two days I’m sure If I (send) it today, it (arrive) in time 6-I am not an astronaut If I (be) an astronaut, I (take) my camera with me 7-Most people know that oil floats on the water If you (pour) oil on the water, it (float) 8-If there (not be) oxygen on the earth, life as we know (not exist) 9-It’s been a long drought It hasn’t rained for over a month If it (not rain) soon, a lot of crops (die) If the crops (die), many people (go) hungry this coming winter 10-People (be) able to fly if they (have) feathers instead of hair? 2-would 3-would telephone 4-had – wouldn’t have to 5-send – will arrive 6-were – would take 7-pour – floats/ will float 8- isn’t – won’t exist/ doesn’t exist 9-doesn’t rain – will die Die – will go 10-Would people be – had -Ss write their homework IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To study the exercises again Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 26: thay đổi chuyển từ câu trực tiếp sang câu gián tiếp A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss know the way how to transform the direct speech into indirect speech -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to transform the direct speech into indirect speech By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: I-Organization and warm up: II-Checking up the old lesson: III-New lesson: *Direct – reported speech: (C©u trùc tiÕp- C©u gi¸n tiÕp) +Câu trực tiếp: là câu nói đợc thuật lại đúng nguyên văn lời ngời nói VD:Tom said, “I like reading books” Note: câu trực tiếp đợc viết ngoặc kép, và ngăn cách với mệnh đề tờng thuật dấu phÈy +Câu gián tiếp: là lời nói đợc thuật lại với ý và từ ngời thuật nhng giữ nguyên ý VD: Tom said he liked reading books Note: C©u gi¸n tiÕp kh«ng bÞ ng¨n c¸ch bëi dÊu phÈy, dÊu ngoÆc kÐp vµ lu«n tËn cïng b»ng dÊu chÊm *C©u trùc tiÕp vµ c©u gi¸n tiÕp bao giê còng gåm hai phÇn: -Câu tờng thuật/ mệnh đề tờng thuật -C©u trùc tiÕp hay c©u gi¸n tiÕp Tom said, “I like reading books” M§ têng thuËt c©u trùc tiÕp Tom said he liked reading books M§ têng thuËt c©u gi¸n tiÕp *Những thay đổi chuyển từ câu trực tiếp sang câu gián tiếp : -Đổi ngôi, đổi thì, từ thời gian và nơi chốn theo quy tắc 1-§æi ng«i: -Ngôi thứ nhất: I, me, my, mine, myself, we, us, our, ours, ourselves đợc đổi theo ngôi chủ ngữ mệnh đề tờng thuật Tom said, “I like reading books” > Tom said he liked reading books -Ngôi thứ 2: you, yours, your, yourself, yourselves đợc đổi theo ngôi tân ngữ mệnh đề têng thuËt He said to me, “You can take my book” > He said to me (that) I could take his book” Ngôi thứ đợc đổi thành ngôi thứ mệnh đề tờng thuật không có tân ngữ He said, “You can take my book” > He said she could take his book” -Ng«i thø ba: he, him, his, himself, they, them, their, theirs, themselves gi÷ nguyªn VD: Mai said, “They can’t finish their homework” > Mai said they couldn’t finish their homework” 2-§æi th×: Khi chuyÓn tõ c©u trùc tiÕp sang c©u gi¸n tiÕp ta ph¶i lïi th× : Trùc tiÕp Gi¸n tiÕp +Hiện đơn >Quá khứ đơn +HiÖn t¹i tiÕp diÔn >Qu¸ khø tiÕp diÔn +Quá khứ đơn +HiÖn t¹i hoµn thµnh >Qu¸ khø hoµn thµnh +Qu¸ khø tiÕp diÔn +HiÖn t¹i hoµn thµnh tiÕp diÔn >Qu¸ khø hoµn thµnh tiÕp diÔn +T¬ng lai thêng: Will/ shall >T¬ng lai qu¸ khø : Would/ should >would/ could + have + V-pII… +T¬ng lai hoµn thµnh > không đổi > không đổi +Qóa khø hoµn thµnh +C¸c c©u ®iÒu kiÖn 3-§æi tõ chØ thêi gian, n¬i chèn: Trùc tiÕp Gi¸n tiÕp This These Here That Those There Now Ago Today Tonight Then/ at one/ immediately Before That day That night Tomorrow Yesterday The next/ following day The day before/ the previous day Last night/ week/ month/ year The night/ week/ month/ year before hoÆc the previous night… Next week/ month/ year The following week/ month/ year D¹ng c©u trùc tiÕp lµ c©u kÓ, c©u ph¸t biÓu Contents 1-Grammar: *C¸ch chuyÓn: -LÆp l¹i tõ said/ say -Bá ngoÆc kÐp, bá dÊu phÈy thay b»ng that -Thay đổi thì, từ thời gian và nơi chèn, ng«i cho phï hîp víi nghÜa cña c©u (nÕu cã) Methods -Ss answer the questions -Ss go to the board and answer the question *C«ng thøc: Trùc tiÕp: S + said, “ Clause” ->GT: S + said + (that) Clause (lïi th×) VD: Lan said: “I am a student” >Lan said (that) she was a student 2-Practice: Exercise 1: Put these statements into indirect speech: a.“I am going away tomorrow, mother”,he said =>He told his mother…………………… b “Nothing can grow in my garden It never gets any sun”, she said =>She said……………………………… c “it is so foggy today,” he said =>He said………………………………… d “If you answer the questions correctly, you may win US$ 100”, she said =>She said……………………………… e “I have to clean the floor today,” he said sadly =>He said sadly………………………… f “They should put traffic lights here, otherwise there will be more accidents,” she said =>She said……………………………… g “If it rains this afternoon, it will be too -Ss listen to the teacher and copy down the grammar -Ss look at the forms and make their own a sentence Answer key: a.He told his mother he was going away the following day b She said nothing could grow in her garden It never got any sun c He said it was so foggy that wet to play soccer tomorrow,” the captain said =>The captain said……………………… h “These roses are cut from my garden,” said my aunt =>My aunt said………………………… i “You must it now,” the headmaster said =>The headmaster said………………… j “From the window of this hotel, I can see the Eiffel Tower,” he said =>He said………………………………… IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To study the teaching points above carefully day d She said If I answered the questions correctly, I might win US$ 100 e He said sadly he had to clean the floor that day f She said They should put traffic lights there, otherwise there would be more accidents g The captain said if it rained that afternoon, it would be too wet to play soccer the following day h.My aunt said those roses were cut from her garden i.The headmaster said I had to it then j He said that from the window of that hotel he could see the Eiffel Tower -Ss write their homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 27: Bµi tËp bæ trî A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss further practice trasnforming a statement in the direct speech into inderect speech -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: -T asks Ss: S1: writing the form when trasnforming a statement in the direct speech into inderect speech S2: Presenting the way to trasnform a statement in the direct speech into inderect speech -T gets feedback III-New lesson: Exercise 1: Put these statements into indirect speech: 1.Nam said “I am told tobe at school before o’clock” =>Nam said that he……………………… 2.Lan said “I will be very busy tomorrow” =>Lan said……………………………… 3.Thu said “All the students will have a meeting next week” =>Thu said……………………………… 4.Phong said “My parents are very proud of my good marks” =>Phong said that………………………… 5.Lan said to Tam “You should stay home and the homework” =>Lan told Tam………………………… 6.Lien said to her brother “You have to clean your room” =>Lien told her brother that……………… 7.The teacher said “All the homework must be done carefully” =>The teacher said (that)………………… 8.Tam said “I can swim across the river” =>Tam said that………………………… 9.Her father said to her “ You can go to the movie with your friend” Methods -Ss answer the questions -Ss go to the board and their tasks Answer key: 1.Nam said that he was told tobe at school before o’clock 2.Lan said that she would be very busy the next day 3.Thu said that all the students would have a meeting the following week 4.Phong said that his parents were very proud of his good marks 5.Lan told Tam she should stay home and the homework 6.Lien told her brother that he had to clean his room 7.The teacher said that all the homework had to be done carefully 8.Tam said that he could swim across the river” =>Her father said to her that…………………… 10.Hoa said “I may visit my parents in Summer” =>Hoa said that………………………… 11.The students said “We should finish our work before going out for lunch” =>The students said……………………… 12.The teacher said “We can collect old books for the poor students” =>The teacher said that………………… 13.The boys said “we have to try our best to win the match” =>The boys said………………………… 14.Her mother told her “You have to wash and iron your own clothes” =>Her mother said……………………… 15.His brother told him “You can use my computer today” =>His brother said to him (that)………… 16.Phong said “I need to learn more vocabulary” =>Phong said that……………………… 17.Lan said “I have to more grammar exercise” =>Lan said (that)………………………… 18.He said “I will go to school by bus tomorrow” =>He said………………………………… IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework:-To the exercise again 9.Her father said to her that she could go to the movie with her friend 10.Hoa said that she might visit her parents in Summer” 11.The students said they should finish their work before going out for lunch” 12.The teacher said that they could collect old books for the poor students” 13.The boys said they had to try their best to win the match” 14.Her mother told her that she had to wash and iron her own clothes” 15.His brother said to him that he could use his computer that day 16.Phong said that he needed to learn more vocabulary 17.Lan said that she had to more grammar exercise 18.He said that he would go to school by bus the next day -Ss write their homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 28: D¹ng c©u trùc tiÕp lµ c©u mÖnh lÖnh, c©u yªu cÇu A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss know how to trasnform a request or a command in the direct speech into inderect speech -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the teaching points and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: -T asks Ss: S1: writing the form when trasnforming a statement in the direct speech into inderect speech S2: Presenting the way to trasnform a statement in the direct speech into inderect speech -T gets feedback III-New lesson: 1-Grammar: *C¸ch chuyÓn: -Đổi động từ say >tell, said >told, sau đó thêm tân ngữ vào sau nó -Bá dÊu phÈy, dÊu ngoÆc kÐp, dÊu chÊm than, tõ please (nÕu cã) -Đổi đại từ nhân xng, tính từ sở hữu, trạng tõ chØ thêi gian, n¬i chèn (nÕu cÇn thiÕt) *C«ng thøc: +Khẳng định: Trùc tiÕp: S + say/ said, “V…” ->Gi¸n tiÕp: S + tell/ told + O + to + V… VD: She said, “Close the books, please!” >She told the students to close the books +Phủ định: Trùc tiÕp: S + say/ said, “Don’t + V…” Gi¸n tiÕp: S+tell/ told+O +not +to +V… VD: She said, “Don’t sit down!” >She told me not to sit down 2-Practice: Exercise 1: Read the sentences Ba said to Methods -Ss answer the questions -Ss go to the board and their tasks -Ss listen to the teacher and copy down the grammar -Ss look at the forms and make their own sentences -Ss copy down the examples in their notebooks Khanh yesterday and change them into reported speech: 1“You should change the way you learn English” =>Ba said Khanh should………………… “Can you lend me your history book?” =>………………………………………… “Could I borrow your physics paper? I want to check the answers.” =>………………………………………… “Please help me with this exercise I’m hopeless at Vietnamese” =>………………………………………… “You should learn the phonetic symbols to improve your English pronunciation” =>………………………………………… “Can you show me how to work this out?” =>………………………………………… 7.“Please wait for me outside my office” =>………………………………………… 8.“Can you help me with my pronunciation?” =>………………………………………… “I don’t behave very well in front of a crowd” =>………………………………………… 10 “Can you give me this package when I leave” Answer key: 1.Ba said Khanh should change the way he learn English” Ba told Khanh to lend him his history book Ba told Khanh to borrow his physics paper he wanted to check the answers Ba told Khanh to help him with that exercise He was hopeless at Vietnamese Ba told Khanh should learn the phonetic symbols to improve his English pronunciation Ba told Khanh to show him how to work that out Ba told Khanh to wait for him outside his office Ba told Khanh to help him with his pronunciation 9.Ba said to Khanh he didn’t behave very well in front of a crowd 10.Ba told Khanh to give him that package when he left IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To study the teaching points above -Ss write their homework in their carefully notebooks Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 29: D¹ng c©u trùc tiÕp lµ c©u hái Yes/ No A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss know how to trasnform Yes/No questions in the direct speech into inderect speech -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the teaching points and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: -T asks Ss: S1: writing the form when trasnforming a request or a command in the direct speech into inderect speech S2: Presenting the way to trasnform a request or a command in the direct speech into inderect speech -T gets feedback III-New lesson: 1-Grammar: *C¸ch chuyÓn: -§æi said >asked (hoÆc wanted to know/ wondered) sau đó thêm tân ngữ (nếu cần thiÕt) -Bá dÊu ngoÆc kÐp, dÊu phÈy vµ dÊu hái -§Æt If/ whether lªn tríc chñ ng÷ cña c©u gián tiếp +động từ lùi thì -Đổi ngôi, đổi từ thời gian và nơi chèn(nÕu cÇn thiÕt) *C«ng thøc: Trùc tiÕp: Do/ Does/ Did + S + Vnd….? >Gi¸n tiÕp: S + asked + O + if/whether + S + V-lïi th×… VD: “Do you go to school?” he said >He asked me whether/ if I went to school +Dạng động từ khuyết thiếu: Trùc tiÕp: Can/ shall/ will+ S + V-nd….? Methods -Ss answer the questions -Ss go to the board and their tasks -Ss listen to the teacher and copy down the grammar -Ss look at the forms and make their own sentences -Ss copy down the examples in their notebooks >Gi¸n tiÕp: S + asked + O + if/ whether + S + could/ should/ would + V-nd… VD:Mary said to Nam, “Can you speak English?” >Mary asked Nam if/ whether he could speak English 2-Practice: Exercise 1: The following are some more questions both Mrs Smith and Nam asked Report the questions for Nam, but this time you need to use if or whether: “ Is there a phone?” =>I asked her………………………………… “Do you have many friends?” =>She asked me……………………………… “Is there a fridge in the kitchen?” =>I asked her………………………………… “Do you smoke?” =>She asked me……………………………… “Does the flat have central heating?” =>I asked her………………………………… “Do you sometimes have a party?” =>She asked me……………………………… “Can I move the furniture around?” =>I asked her………………………………… “Do you often get home after 10.30 PM? =>She asked me……………………………… “Is there a TV in the bed room?” =>I asked her………………………………… 10 “Are you a student?” =>She asked me……………………………… 11 “Can you speak English?” =>I asked her………………………………… 12 “Are you working as well as studying?” =>She asked me……………………………… 13.Are you interested in acting?” =>She asked me……………………………… Answer key: 1.I asked her if/whether there was a phone 2.She asked me if/whether I had many friends 3.I asked her whether/if there was a fridge in the kitchen 4.She asked me if/whether I smoked 5.I asked her if/ whether the flat had central heating 6.She asked me if/ whether I sometimes had a party 7.I asked her if/ whether I could move the furniture around 8.She asked me whether/if I often got home after 10.30 PM 9.I asked her if/whether there was a TV in the bedroom 10.She asked me if/ whether I was a student 11.I asked her if/ whether she could speak English 12.She asked me if/ whether I was working as well as studying 13.She asked me if/ whether I was interested in acting -Ss write their homework in their IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points notebooks V-Homework: -To study the teaching points above carefully Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 30: bµi tËp bæ trî A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss further practice in trasnforming Yes/No questions in the direct speech into inderect speech -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the teaching points and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: -T asks Ss: S1: writing the form when trasnforming Yes/No questions in the direct speech into inderect speech S2: Presenting the way to trasnform Yes/No questions in the direct speech into inderect speech -T gets feedback III-New lesson: Exercise : Rewrite the following Yes/No questions in reported speech, use IF or WHETHER: 1.“Do you enjoy reading books?” Phong asked Peter => Phong asked Peter…………………… “Does she like sports?”Hoa asked Lan =>Hoa asked …………………………… “Does Hoa play badminton?” Lan asked Thu =>Lan asked Thu………………………… “Does your sister and brother go to the same school?”She asked Nam =>She asked……………………………… “Do the children perform on TV?” Her mother asked her teacher =>Her mother asked……………………… “Are there some oranges in the fridge?” She asked her mom =>She asked……………………………… “Will it rain tomorrow morning?” He asked his friend =>He asked……………………………… “Do you travel to school by bus?” Tam asked Peter Methods -Ss answer the questions -Ss go to the board and their tasks Answer key: 1.Phong asked Peter if/whether he enjoyed reading books 2.Hoa asked Lan if/whether she liked sports 3.Lan asked Thu if/whether Hoa played badminton She asked Nam if/whether his sister and brother went to the same school 5.Her mother asked her teacher if/whether the children performed on TV 6.She asked her mom if/whether there were some oranges in the fridge 7.He asked his friend if/whether it would rain the next morning 8.Tam asked Peter if/whether he travelled to school by bus =>Tam asked …………………………… “Are Tam and Hoa late for class?” Tuan asked Lan =>Tuan asked…………………………… 10 “Do you need an umbrella to go out?” She asked me =>She asked……………………………… 11 “Does Lan’s father work for a bank?” Thu asked Long =>Thu asked long………………………… 12 “Do the students know something about their new English teacher?” Phong asked Tuan =>Phong asked ………………………… 13 “Does Phong’s mother work in a hospital?” Thu asked Ba =>Thu asked Ba…………………………… 14 “Does our teacher ask us to clean up the room?” Phong asked Lan =>Phong asked……………………………… 15 “Can you speak Chinese?” She asked me =>She asked………………………………… 16 “Will she be here for five days?” Tam asked Thu =>Tam asked………………………………… 17 “Should we keep our room warm?” Lan asked her teacher =>Lan asked…………………………………… 18 “Do they need some help?” She asked her husband =>She asked …………………………………… 19 “May I have a look at your pictures?” Lan asked Hoa =>Lan asked…………………………………… 20 “Can these athletes swim across the river?” Phong asked Ba =>Phong asked ………………………………… 9.Tuan asked Lan if/whether Tam and Hoa were late for class 10.She asked me if/whether I needed an umbrella to go out 11.Thu asked Long if/whether Lan’s father worked for a bank 12.Phong asked Tuan if/whether the students knew something about their new English teacher 13.Thu asked Ba if/whether Phong’s mother worked in a hospital 14.Phong asked Lan if/whether their teacher asked them to clean up the room 15.She asked me if/whether I could speak Chinese 16.Tam asked Thu if/whether she would be here for five days 17.Lan asked her teacher if/whether they should keep their room warm 18 She asked her husband if/whether they needed some help 19.Lan asked Hoa if/whether she might have a look at her pictures 20.Phong asked Ba if/whether these athletes could swim across the river IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To the exercise again in your notebooks -Ss write their homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period311: Dạng câu trực tiếp là câu hỏi có từ để hỏi A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss know how to trasnform Wh-questions in the direct speech into inderect speech -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the teaching points and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents Methods I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: -T asks Ss: S1: writing the form when trasnforming Yes/No questions in the direct speech into inderect speech S2: Presenting the way to trasnform Yes/No questions in the direct speech into inderect speech -T gets feedback III-New lesson: 1-Grammar: *C¸ch chuyÓn: -§æi said >asked (hoÆc wanted to know/ wondered) sau đó thêm tân ngữ (nếu cần thiết) -Bá dÊu ngoÆc kÐp, dÊu phÈy vµ dÊu hái -§Æt tõ hái wh lªn tríc chñ ng÷ cña c©u gi¸n tiÕp +động từ lùi thì -Đổi ngôi, đổi từ thời gian và nơi chốn(nếu cÇn thiÕt) *C«ng thøc: Trùc tiÕp: “Tõ hái + do/ does/ did + S + Vnd….?” >Gi¸n tiÕp: S + asked + O + tõ hái + S + V-lïi th×… VD: “Where you live?” he said >He asked me where I lived +Dạng động từ khuyết thiếu: Trùc tiÕp: Tõ hái + can/ shall/ will+ S + Vnd….? >Gi¸n tiÕp: S + asked + O + Tõ hái + S + could/ should/ would + V-nd… VD:Mary said to Nam, “How can you speak English?” >Mary asked Nam how he could speak English *Víi TOBE: -Ss answer the questions -Ss go to the board and their tasks -Ss listen to the teacher and copy down the grammar -Ss look at the forms and make their own sentences -Ss copy down the examples in their notebooks VD1: “Are you a student?” She asked me >She asked me if I was a student VD2: “Is she doing her homework?” Mary asked him >Mary asked him if she was doing her homework VD3: “What are you doing?” Mai said to Hoa >Mai asked Hoa what she was doing Note:NÕu c©u hái víi will/ shall…diÔn t¶ yªu cầu, lời mời, đề nghị có thể chuyển sang câu gi¸n tiÕp d¹ng c©u hái hoÆc c©u cÇu khiÕn VD: He said, “Will you open the door?” >He asked me to open the door (He asked me If I would open the door) 2-Practice: Exercise: Rewriting these Wh-questions in reported speech: “Where does your father work?” The teacher asked me “How far is it from Ho Chi Minh city to Vung Tau?” A tourist asked “How many people are there in your family?” She asked Lan “How long will you stay in England?” Tam’s friend asked him “What’s your hobby?” The teacher asked Lien “Why you collect waste paper?” she asked Ba “When will you visit Ha Noi?” Hoa asked her parents “What language you speak?” Mrs Brown asked Thu “What time the schools begin?” He asked Mrs Brown 10 “How you go to the airport?” His friend asked him Answer key: 1.The teacher asked me where my father worked 2.A tourist asked how far it was from Ho Chi Minh city to Vung Tau 3.She asked Lan how many people there were in her family 4.Tam’s friend asked him how long he would stay in England 5.The teacher asked Lien what her hobby was 6.She asked Ba why he collected waste paper 7.Hoa asked her parents when they would visit Ha Noi 8.Mrs Brown asked Thu what language she spoke 9.He asked Mrs Brown what time the schools began 10.His friend asked him how he went to the airport IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To study the teaching points above carefully -To the exercise again in your notebooks -Ss write their homework in their notebooks Bµi tËp bæ trî Contents Methods III-New lesson: Exercise 1: Put the following sentences into reported speech: “If you want to learn English, I can help you” Jonh said “Where are you studying?” Mr.Bruce asked 3.“Please call me at o’clock tomorrow morning” said Mai “Are you interested in this Language Center?” asked Lan “We will spend our holiday in Da Lat next month” said Mrs Chi “Do you live here?” Liz asked “What does your son want to learn?” The man said to Mr.Linh “You must come today.” Hoa said “I don’t understand what you are saying” Tom told us 10 “There isn’t any information about these colleges” Nam said 11 “What country you come from?” said Bill 12 “Do you want to buy any second-hand books?” said Lan 13 “What are you going to study?” asked Ann Exercise 2: Put the following sentences into direct speech: 1.Minh said that his sister worked for a company in the city center 2.The examiner asked Lan how she learned English in her country 3.Mr.Phong said that he was learning English in an evening class 4.Paula told Lan not to be late for the exam the following day 5.Nga asked Jane if she could speak Vietnamese 6.Mrs.Hue asked me how far it was from my house to the school 7.The students said that they were having a -Ss answer the questions -Ss go to the board and their tasks Answer key 1 Jonh said to me If I wanted to learn English, he could help me” Mr.Bruce asked me where I was studying 3.Mai told me to call her at o’clock the next morning 4.Lan asked me whether I was interested in that Language Center Mrs Chi said that they would spend their holiday in Da Lat the following month 6.Liz asked me whether I lived there 7.The man asked Mr.Linh what his son wanted to learn 8.Hoa said to me that I had to come that day 9.Tom said to us he didn’t understand what we were saying 10 Nam said that there wasn’t any information about those colleges 11.Bill asked me what country I came from 12.Lan asked me if I wanted to buy any second-hand books 13.Ann asked me what I was going to study Answer key 1.Minh said: “My sister works for a test the next Friday 8.Trung asked the landlord how much the rent was 9.Mai asked Hoang whether his brother lived in Ho Chi Minh city then 10.Phuong said that she didn’t have much time to write to her friends IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To the exercises again in your notebooks -To consolidate all the grammar to a test the second term company in the city center” 2.The examiner asked Lan: “How you learn English in your country?” 3.Mr.Phong said : “I am learning English in an evening class” 4.Paula told Lan : “Don’t be late for the exam tomorrow” 5.Nga asked: “Can you speak Vietnamese, Iane?” 6.Mrs.Hue asked: “How far is it from your house to the school?” 7.The students said: “We are having a test next Friday” 8.Trung asked the landlord: “How much is the rent ?” 9.Mai asked : “Does your brother live in Ho Chi Minh city now, Hoang?” 10.Phuong said : “I don’t have much time to write to my friends” -Ss write their homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n: Ngµy d¹y: Period : 32 GERUNDS+ TAG QUESTIONS A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss know how to use Tag questions and Gerunds -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the teaching points and exercises well B-Preparation: posters Formation: V-ING Functions: Subject (S): Fishing is hishobby Getting into the city centre at this time of day isnot easy Complement (C): (of to be) Her passion is studying What we really want is escaping from this terrible place Compound nouns: 2.3.1 Gerund-noun: 2.3.2 Non-gerund: Object (O): Verb preposition: Approve of fishing-rod cooking-apple wrapping paper writing paper fruit-picking sky-diving time counting driving licence cooking oil bush walking Appologize for Cofess to Give up Believe in Count on Care for Consist of Get to Dream of Go back to Hesitate about Mean by Return to Insist on Keep on Depend on Forget about Lead to Persist in Result in Plan on Safe from Put off Succeed in Think of Take to Threaten with Complain of End in Look forward to Adjective preposition: Absorbed in Accustomed to Annoy at Ashamed of Careful in Careless of Content with Delighted at Far from Fond of Given to Good at Interested in Keen on Responsible Right in for Skilled in (at) Slow in Surprised at Wrong in Adjectives: Amusing Hopeless Strange Noun preposition: Choice of Method for Thankful for Rely on Think about Worry about Object to Afraid of Aware of Certain about Different from Fortunate in Grateful for Nice about Scared at (of) Amused at (in)capable of Clever at Ambarrassed at Frightened of Happy in (at) Proud of Set on Angry with Careful about (un)concious of Excited about Furious at Intent on Pleased at Sick of Sorry for Successful in (at) Upset at Sure of Tired of (from) comfortable lovely useless difficult Nice wonderful Excuse for Possibility of easy off INFINITIVES: Classification: Long for Worried about Great Pleasant Intention of Reason for Full infinitive: With “to’ e.g He goes to Paris to learn French Bare infinitive: Without “to’ e.g My parent didnot let me what I really liked Perfect infinitive: Form “have past participles” e.g He was believed to have escaped from the prison Position: Follow the verbs below: Agree Arrange Ask Attempt Begin Care Cease Choose Claim Come Continue Decide Deserve Demand Determine Desire Expect Fail Fear Forget Hate Help Hesitate Hope Intend Learn Like Long Love Manage Mean Need Neglect Offer Omit Plan Prefer Pretend Prepare Promise Propose Refuse Start Swear Seem Strive Tend Threaten Try Want Wish Follow the idiomatic phrases: make up one’s mind/ take care/ take the trouble/ make sure/ e.g They couldnot make up their mind to go or not Follow WH-words: what/ who/ whom/ which/ when/ where/ how e.g She didnot know what to next We didnot decided where to go Follow nouns pronouns of the verbs below: Advise Allow Ask Assume Believe Cause Challenge Command Consider Enable Encourage Expect Forbid Force Get Guess Imagine Instruct Intend Invite Lead Like Love Mean Order Permit Persuade Prefer Teach Tell Tempt Think Understand Urge Warn Want EX: Complete these sentences with correct –Tag 1.You don’t like watching sports programs on TV , ………… ? 2.Your uncle John is a journalist ,………………………… ? 3.You haven’t sent any cards to your friends ,…………….? Beg Compel Find Hate Know Observe Suspect Trust Wish 4.Mrs Van won’t give us computer lessons next week ,…………….? 5.There are different magagizes in this newsagent,……… *Get Ss some exercises I / Insert to where necessary before the infinitives in brackets He made me (do) it all over again She can (sing) quite well He will be able (swim) very soon I used to (live) in a caravan You ought (go) today It may (rain) tomorrow You needn't (say) anything Just nod your head and he will (understand) I want (see) the house where our president was born He made her (repeat) the message May I (use) your phone? 10 You needn't (ask) for permission; you can (use) it whenever you like 11 If you want (get) there before dark you should (start) at once 12 I couldn't (remember) his address 13 You'll be able (do) it yourself when you are older 14 Would you like (go) now or shall we (wait) till the end? 15 They won't let us (leave) the Customs shed till our luggage has been examined II / Complete the sentences with one of these verbs in the correct form Buy chat listen read search talk tell use watch watch 1.Do you mind me a newspaper on the way home? 2.I spent almost three hours _ photos of Olympic champions on the net 3.I enjoy _ to Michael Jackson’s songs 4.When the teacher came in, everybody stopped _ 5.My brother dislikes _violent movies 6.I don’t like because it’s time- consuming 7.My brother loves _magazines 8.Our English teacher enjoys jokes 9.Everybody hates _ this advertisement 10.Most of us are interested in the Internet III / Choose the best answer He kept on _ a worked b work c working d works She went to market without _ anything a buy b to buy c bought d buying This article is worth _ into your notebook a copying b copy c to copy d to be copied The boy denied _ the glass window a to break b breaking c broke d to break These workers are accustomed to _ at night a work b working c works d be working The criminal admitted _ this innocent child a killed b to kill c killing d had killed Mrs Ramsay was accustomed _ in this rickety house a by living b to living c with living d living She has avoided _ to me so far a being talked b talk c talking d to talk We should avoid _ personal questions a asking b ask c to ask d at asking 10 It is no use _ over spilt milk a for crying b in crying c to cry d crying 11 I intended to revenge him but my father prevented me _ so a from doing b not to c not d not doing 12 You should remember _ for me a post b posting c to be posting d to have posted 13 We object to _ her like this a treat b being treated c treating d be treated 14 I can’t help _ anxious about the economic situation of our country a be b feeling c feel d to feel 15 The nurse denied _ the injection a give b giving c gave d to give IV.Choose the best answer Last Sunday is was _ wet _ we couldn't go to the movies a so - that b as - as c less - than d more - than I did it _ they asked me to a because b because of c the reason d since The corresponding sentence "There are so many things for me to that…" is _ a have so many things to that b nobody has so many… c so many things are on me d I many things He was _ tired that he slept all day a such b too c so d very The by was happy _ he had done a good job a because b as c unless d because of Although he tried hard, _ a but he failed b yet he failed c however he failed d he failed It was _ that we had gone for a walk a such a beautiful weather b such a ice weather c so nice a weather d so beautiful a night Last yeas I earned _my sister, who has a better position a twice as much as b twice more than b twice as many as d twice as more as _ the room, the man was no longer there a Entering b When we entered c On entering d Having entered 10 It looks as if the game _ unless the rain stops a will cancel b would be cancelled c will be cancelled d would cancel 11 Mrs Richards was entering the dining-room, there was a knock on the front door a At the very moment b So long as c Only when d During the time 12 When did you eat? As soon as he came, we _ our dinner a must have eaten b ate c were eating d had eaten 13 How can we measure the price and things? However much _ it will be worth it a it cost b it costs c does it cost d costs it 14 "The new mathematics teachers seems very pleasant" a a such nice b a so nice c such nice d such a nicw 15 "I find the local newspaper to be _ uninformative" "Yes, there is hardly any international news" a so b such c so much d such much V Verb form It is easy (be) wise after the event Do you (wish) (make) a complaint? 3.We don't (want) anybody (know) that we are here 4.If you can't (remember) his number you'd better (look) it up I want her (learn) Esperanto; I think everybody ought to (know) it? He is said (be) the best surgeon in the country Visitors are asked (not feed) the animals 8.Could I (see) Mr Pitt, please? I'm afraid Mr Pitt isn't in Would you like (speak) to his secretary' 10 It's better (travel) hopefully than (arrive), (proverb) VI.Rewrite the sentences My father finds maps difficult to follow  My father has The film star wore dark glasses so that no one would recognize him  The film star avoided I was amazed by the mistakes he made  What We weren't surprised by his success  It came "That's a lovely new dress, Jane", said her mother  Jane's mother complimented We couldn't relax until all the guests had gone home  Only We couldn't find George anywhere  George was She listens more sympathetically than anyone else I know  She is a No one has challenged his authority before  This is the first time 10 "If Brian doesn't train harder, I won't select him for the team," said the manager Ngµy so¹n Ngµy d¹y: Period3 3: TÝnh tõ + Tr¹ng tõ A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand adjectives and adverbs -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand adjectives and adverbs more clearly and the exercise well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss some questions: 1-What’s the weather like today? 2-What weather you like best? 3-How are you today? 4-Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: III-New lesson: 1.Grammar: *TÝnh tõ: Adjectives Lµ tõ hay côm tõ bæ nghÜa cho mét danh tõ hay đại từ *VÞ trÝ cña tÝnh tõ: -Tính từ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ thờng đứng trớc danh tõ: Methods -Ss answer the questions -Ss listen and copy down the grammar -Ss answer the teacher’s questions if possible Ex: he’s a good student This is an interesting book Ex: a good student -Tính từ theo sau các động từ liên kết (linking verbs) *Các động từ liên kết thờng dùng: (Common linking verbs) Be, become, get (trë nªn), feel, look, seem, grow (trë nªn), appear (tr«ng cã vÎ), taste (cã vÞ), smell (cã mïi), sound (nghe cã vÎ) -Tính từ đứng sau đại từ bất định: something, everything, someone, nothing *Tr¹ng tõ: adverbs: -Là từ hay cụm từ bổ nghĩa cho động từ thờng, mét tÝnh tõ hay mét tr¹ng tõ kh¸c *C«ng thøc: ADJ + LY = ADV Ex: He looks sad The prices of goods become expensive Ex: The coffee smells good He sounds ill Ex: Is there anything new? (cã g× míi kh«ng?) Ex: He works carefully (bæ nghĩa cho động từ) This area is very noisy.(bæ nghÜa cho tÝnh tõ) She works very carefully.(bæ nghÜa cho tr¹ng tõ kh¸c) -Th«ng thêng ta thªm –LY vµo sau tÝnh tõ -TÝnh tõ tËn cïng b»ng –Y, tríc –Y lµ mét phô âm, ta đổi –Y thành –I thêm –Ly -TÝnh tõ tËn cïng b»ng -BLE hay –PLE chóng ta chØ thay –E b»ng –Y: -Mét sè tÝnh tõ vµ tr¹ng tõ cã cïng mét d¹ng nh fast, hard, early, straight, long, high, late, enough, pretty -Mét sè tÝnh tõ bÊt quy t¾c chuyÓn sang tr¹ng tõ: good => well Ex: Slow => slowly quick => quickly Ex: happy => happily easy => easily Ex: possible =>possibly simple => simply Ex:This is a hard exercise He works hard *Ghi nhí: tÝnh – danh động - trạng Tính từ theo sau động từ liên kết 2-Practice: * Em h·y chuyÓn nh÷ng tÝnh tõ sau sang trạng từ đặt câu với trạng từ đó: 1.Slow 2.heavy 3.good 4.fast 5.beautiful 6.late 7.strong 8.hard 9.fluent 10.bad 11.interesting 12.quick -Ss copy down the remember part -Ss the exercise individually VÝ dô: careful => carefully My father drives carefully 13.careless 14.safe 15.skillful IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To study the grammar carefully -To make your own sentences using the words above -Ss write homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n: Ngµy d¹y: Period3 4: TÝnh tõ + Tr¹ng tõ Bµi tËp bæ trî A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss further practice in adjectives and adverbs -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to the exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss some questions: 1-What’s the weather like today? 2-How are you today? 3-Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: -T asks Ss to tell some adjectives and then turn them into adverbs -T gets feedback and gives marks to them III-New lesson: Bµi 1:Hoµn thµnh c¸c c©u sö dông tÝnh tõ hoÆc tr¹ng tõ ngoÆc: 1.My mother cycles She is a _ cyclist (slow/ slowly) 2.Ba’s sister swims She is a _ swimmer (quick/ quickly) Methods -Ss answer the questions -Ss tell some adjectives and then turn them into adverbs Individually *Answer key 1: slowly - slow quickly - quick carefully - careful 3.Mr Hai drives _ He is a _ driver (careful/ carefully) 4.Ha plays table tennis She is a _table tennis player (skillful/ skillfully) 5.The boy in my class play soccer _ They are soccer players (good/ well) skillfully - skillful well - good Bµi 2: Em h·y cho tõ tr¸i nghÜa cña tõ ngoÆc ë nh÷ng c©u sau: 1-Last year, Mr Hoang drove very Individually *Answer key 2: 1.carelessly CAREFULLY 2-Lan always cycles _ to school QUICKLY 3-My brother plays badminton _ BADLY 4-Mrs Hoa’s son always gets up EARLY 5-Nhung’s brother always comes home _ QUIETLY 6-This is a very foodball match BORING 7-It’s very to swim there SAFE 8-Was Linh _ at the tennis game last Saturday? PRESENT 9-It’s _ for Trang to learn how to cycle EASY Bµi 3: Em h·y viÕt l¹i c¸c c©u sau cho nghĩa câu không thay đổi: Ex: He is a careful driver He drives carefully 1-Long is a bad swimmer =>Long swims………………… 2-My brother cycles slowly =>My brother is……………… 3-Miss Lan is a fast runner =>Miss Lan runs……………… 4-Mrs Oanh cooks well => Mrs Oanh is……………… 5-Khanh is a fluent English speaker =>Khanh speaks……………… Bµi 4:Tr¶ lêi c¸c c©u hái sau: 1-How you usually feel before an exam? 2-How you usually walk when you are tired? 3-How you usually study before an exam? 4-How you usually feel when you have good news? 2.slowly 3.well 4.late 5.noisily 6.exciting 7.dangerous 8.absent 9.difficult Pairwork *Answer key 3: 1.Long swims badly My brother is a slow cyclist 3-Miss Lan runs fast 4-Mrs Oanh is a good cook 5-Khanh speaks English fluently Pairwork -Ss gives out their feelings *Suggested answers 3: 1-I usually feel worried and nervous 2-I usually walk very slowly 3-I usually study hard 5-How you usually sing in the class? 6-How you usually play sports? 7-What is your English like? 4-I usually feel happy 5-I usually sing very beautifully 6- I usually play sports very well 7-My English is very good -Ss write the homework in their notebooks Contents Bµi 1:Hoµn thµnh b¶ng sau: Adjectives Adverbs a.Careful ………………… b……… Kindly c.extreme ………………… d……… Terribly e.sad ………………… f………… Visibly g.casual ………………… h………… Well i.cost ………………… j………… Violently k.logical ………………… l………… Effectively m.profitable ………………… n.wide ………………… o………… Carelessly p.confident ……………… q……… noisily Bµi 2:Hoµn thµnh c¸c c©u víi mçi tr¹ng tõ sau: Badly dangerously heavily Fast Angrily quietly a.It’s raining _ b.He sings very _ c.They came in _ d.She shouted at me e.He was driving f.She can run very _ Methods -Ss work in groups to write the adjectives and adverbs on the board Group 1: writing the adjectives Group 2: writing the adverbs -Ss bring their exercises to check Individually *Answer key 1: a.Carefully b.Kindly c.extremely d.Terrible e.sadly f.Visible g.casually h.good i.costly j.Violent k.logically l.Effective m.profitably n.widely o.Careless Bµi 3: Em h·y viÕt l¹i c¸c c©u sau cho nghĩa câu không thay đổi: Ex: He is a careful driver He drives carefully 1-Minh’s sister dances marvellously =>Minh’s sister is………………… 2-Thoa sings smoothly =>Thoa is……………… 3-Miss Lan is a quick typist =>Miss Lan types……………… 4-Mr Cuong plays table tennis well => Mr Cuong is……………… 5-Mr Hung is a safe driver =>Mr Hung drives……………… p.confidently q noisy Individually *Answer key 2: a.heavily b.badly c.quietly d.angrily e.dangerously f.fast Bài 4:Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng: a.You shouldn’t eat quick/quikly b.Could we have some quick/quikly words with you? c.Hoa is studying hard/ hardly for her exams d.Can you please repeat that slow/ slowly? e.That party was very good/well f.Nam answered very soft/ softly but everyone could hear him clear/ clearly g.We feel very happy/ happily today h.Liz talked very interesting/ interestingly about her working day 1-Minh’s sister is a mavelluos dancer IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points Individually * Answers key 3: a quikly b quick c hard d slowly e good f softly – clearly g happy h interestingly V-Homework: -To the exercises in your notebooks Pairwork *Answer key 3: 2-Thoa is a smooth singer 3-Miss Lan types quickly 4-Mr Cuong is a good table tennis player 5-Mr Hung drives safely -Ss write the homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 35: C¸c tõ nèi thêng dïng Mệnh đê trạng từ nguyen nhân A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand and know how to use the connectives -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand and know how to use the connectives more clearly and the exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss some questions: 1-What’s the weather like today? 2-What weather you like best? 3-How are you today? 4-Who’s absent today? Methods -Ss answer the questions 1-It is - today 2-I like hot weather best 3-I’m fine, thank you And you? 4-Nobody is absent today II-Checking up the old lesson: III-New lesson: 1.Grammar: *C¸c tõ nèi thêng dïng: (Connectives) And, or, but: đợc gọi là liên từ tập hợp Dùng để nối từ, cụm từ hay hai mệnh đề cùng loại, cïng chøc n¨ng hay cïng cÊu tróc +and : dùng để thêm thông tin bổ sung +or : DiÔn t¶ sù lùa chän, thêng ë d¹ng c©u hái +but: nèi ý t¬ng ph¶n +So/ therefore: DiÔn t¶ hËu qu¶, Therefore: cã thể đứng sau dấu chấm, dấu phẩy, dấu hai chÊm hoÆc sau chñ ng÷ +However: nhiªn = But : DiÔn t¶ sù t¬ng phản, nhng luôn dùng để nối mệnh đề *.Mệnh đề trạng từ nguyên nhân -Ss listen and copy down the grammar Examples: +He is handsome and generous (adj + adj) +Do you study English or history ? +He is fat but his brother is thin +He is busy, so he can’t help you = He is busy.Therefore, he can’t help you +He is 70 However, he’s still active Because of Due to ( vì) + noun/ gerund phrase Owing to Eg: She got ill because he worked hard She got ill because of working hard Tom didn’t go to the movies due to having seen the film **** Sự khác Because & Because of: * …….because + pronoun/ noun + be + adj *…… because of + poss/the + adj + noun ( tính từ sở hữu) Eg: This man can’t see well because he’s old This man can’t see well because of his old age 2-Practice: Exercise 1: Put the correct connectors: and, but, because, or, so, therefore, however into following sentences: a.Yesterday, Lan went to the stationer’s to buy some notebooks, a pen a compass b.I’d like to go to the circus with you _ I have to finish all the homework c.Oanh failed the exam _ he was very lazy d.What would you like to eat, noodles sticky rice? e.He didn’t take a raincoat along with him, he got wet f.Hoa’s eyes are weak. _ , she has to wear glasses g.Mary eats green vegetables, _ she can get enough vitamins h.I was very amused, I couldn’t stop laughing i.Cars cause pollution , people still want them j.John is sometimes rule. , I am very fond of him Exercise 2: Join the sentences with and, but or or: Answer key 1: a.and b.but c.because d.or e.so f.therefore g.so h.so i.However j.However *Answer key 2: 1.I speak French but I don’t speak English 2.She play tennis and She play vollayball 3.I don’t like films but I like comedies 4.I have a cat and a dog 5.Are you American or canadian? 6.I am fond of ice-cream but I don’t like milk 7.Tom can read in English and he can write in English 8.She left early but She came late 9.Do you live in the city or countryside? 10.They met each other and They lived happily ever since -Ss remind the grammar they have learnt 1.I speak French I don’t speak English 2.She play tennis She play vollayball 3.I don’t like films I like comedies 4.I have a cat I have a dog 5.Are you American? Are you canadian? 6.I am fond of ice-cream I don’t like milk 7.Tom can read in English He can write in English 8.She left early She came late 9.Do you live in the city? Do you live in the countryside? 10.They met each other They lived happily ever since -Ss write homework in their notebooks IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To study the grammar carefully -To make your own sentences using the connectives above Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 36: Bµi tËp bæ trî A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss further practice in the connectives -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to the exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss some questions: -How are you today? -Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: Using the connectives to join the following sentences: Methods -Ss answer the questions -I’m fine, thank you And you? -Nobody is absent today -Two Ss go to the board and the following teacher’s requests S1: They have been married for years They haven’t got any children S2: Do you like coffee? Do you like tea? -T gets feedback and gives the marks to them III-New lesson: Exercise 1: Choose the correct word to complete each sentence: 1.You can take it leave it a.but b.and c.or 2.She closed the door left for the city a.but b.and c.or 3.She’s beautiful, I don’t like her a.but b.and c.or 4.Jane is intelligent hard-working a.but b.and c.or 5.We often have eggs _ bread for breakfast a.but b.and c.or 6.Would you like tea coffee? –Tea, please a.but b.and c.or 7.She can dance she can’t sing a.but b.and c.or 8.We want a small party 60 people came a.but b.and c.or 9.I like bananas, oranges, apples _pears a.but b.and c.or 10.She tried hard _ she failed the test a.but b.and c.or 11.Tom is handsome _short a.but b.and c.or S1: They have been married for years but they haven’t got any children S2: Do you like coffee or tea? §¸p ¸n c¸c bµi tËp: *Answer key 1: 1.c 2.b 3.a 4.b 5.b 6.or 7.a 8.a 9.b 10.a 11.a Exercise 2: In each the following sentences, four words or phrases have been underlined Choose the one word or phrase that would not be appropriate: 1.John failed his math test, however he will have A B C to it again D 2.His family was poor, because he couldn’t go to A B C D school 3.My father bought books, bags or pens A B C D *Answer key 2: 1-B =>so 2- C => so 4.Tom would love to play table tennis, and he A B C has to complete his homework D 5.How would you like the house to be? Finished A B C and unfinished? D 6.It’s raining, however I can’t go to the beach A B C D 7.He doesn’t go to school, so he has a toothache A B C D 8.We tried to finish it and we couldn’t A B C D 9.These products are expensive So, people still A B C buy them D IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To study the exercises again 3- D => and 4- C => but/ however 5- D=> or 6- B => so 7- C =>because 8- D => but 9- C => but/ however -Ss write their homework Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy so¹n:……… Period 37: Đa lời đề nghị A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand and know how to make suggestions -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand and know how to make suggestions more clearly and the exercise well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss some questions: 1-What’s the weather like today? 2-What weather you like best? 3-How are you today? Methods -Ss answer the questions 1-It is - today 2-I like hot weather best 3-I’m fine, thank you And you? 4-Who’s absent today? 4-Nobody is absent today II-Checking up the old lesson: III-New lesson: 1.Grammar: *Khi muốn đề nghị, gợi ý làm gì ta có nh÷ng c¸ch sau: Let’s Shall + we Why + don’t + we + V-nd I think we + should S1 + suggest + (that) + S2 + should How about/ what about + N/ V-ing……….? S + suggest + V-ing…………… *Để trả lời câu đề nghị, chúng ta dùng: a.§ång ý: b.Không đồng ý: -Yes, let’s -No, let’s not -OK Good idea -No I don’t want to -Great Go ahead -I don’t think it’s a -That’s a good idea good idea 2-Practice: *Using the words given and other words, complete the second sentence so that has a similar meaning to the first one Do not change the word given 1-Whose bag is this? Belong =>Who does this bag belong to? 2-Shall we use gas instead of burning coal? Suggest =>I…………………burning coal 3-How about reducing the amount of water we use everyday? We =>Why…………………… the amount of water we use everyday? 4-What about using energy-saving appliances? Should =>I………………… energy-saving appliances 5-Why don’t you install a burglar alarm in your house Suggest =>I……………… a burglar alarm in your house -Ss listen and copy down the grammar -Ss answer the teacher’s questions if possible Examples: 1-Let’s go swimming 2-Shall we eat out this evening? 3-How about going out for dinner? 4-Why don’t we go to the movies? 5-I suggest going swimming 6-I suggest that you should save money 7-I think we should turn off the lights before going out Individually Answer key: 2-I suggest using gas instead of burning coal 3-Why don’t we reduce the amount of water we use everyday? 4-I think you should use energy-saving appliances 5-I suggest that you should install a burglar alarm in your house 6-What about going out this evening? Let’s =>Let’s ………………… 7-Let’s collect old clothes Think => I…………………………clothes 8-I suggest that you should drink a lot of water We =>Why ………………………… water 9-How about going to work by bikes instead of motorbikes to save energy? We => Shall ……………………… to save energy? 10.I think you should eat a lot of vegetables to lose weight About =>How…………… vegetables to lose weight 6-Let’s go out this evening 7-I think we should collect old clothes 8-Why don’t we drink a lot of water 9-Shall we go to work by bikes instead of motorbikes to save energy? 10.How about eating a lot of vegetables to lose weight IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To study the grammar carefully -To make your own sentences using the forms above -Ss remind the grammar they have learnt -Ss write homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 38: Bµi tËp bæ trî A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss further practice in the suggestions -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to the exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss some questions: II-Checking up the old lesson: S1: writing the forms of making suggestions S2,3: making their own sentences using the form Methods -Ss answer the questions -I’m fine, thank you And you? -Nobody is absent today of the suggestions -T gets feedback and gives the marks to them III-New lesson: Bµi 1: Making suggestions: A-The young pioneer members in my class want to help the war invalids and martyrs so they give many ideas Write the full sentences with the suggested words using suggest+ V-ing….: a.Lan/ fetch water from the well for them everyday b.Hoa/ clean the floor _ c.Tuan/ wash/ clothes _ d.Quang/ read newspapers e.Nam/ cook/ meals _ f.Phuong/ sing some songs _ B-Your class wants to contribute a small part in keeping the environment clean Many friends suggest their ideas Write the full sentences with the suggested words using suggest+ that + S +should + V-nd…: a-Toan/ plant/ more trees around our school _ b-Lam/ keep all the waste paper/ for recycling _ c-Tung/ not throw waste paper, used cans and bottles in the schoolyard _ d.Tuyet/ clean the classroom floor everyday _ Bµi 2: What you suggest to the following people? Example: a-Mr and Mrs Robinson have flu -Three Ss go to the board and the following teacher’s requests §¸p ¸n c¸c bµi tËp: Bµi 1:Individually Part A a.Lan suggests fetching water from the well for them everyday b.Hoa suggests cleaning the floor c.Tuan suggests washing clothes d.Quang suggests reading newspapers e.Nam suggests cooking meals f.Phuong suggests singing some songs Part B a-Toan suggests that we should plant more trees around our school b-Lam suggests that we should keep all the waste paper for recycling c-Tung suggests that we should not throw waste paper, used cans and bottles in the schoolyard d.Tuyet suggests that we should clean the classroom floor everyday => I suggest they should have some ginger tea Bµi 2:Pairworks b.There is a dripping faucet in Mr.Binh’s kitchen c.The powells want to cut down on electricity d.Mrs.Hanh’s motorcycle is using too much gas these days e.Hoang’s electric fan makes a lot of noise _ f.Mr.Dung is going to buy a new refrigerator _ IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points b.I suggest that he should get a plumber to make sure there are no cracks in the pipes c.I suggest that d.I suggest that she should use the public bus instead of the motorcycle e I suggest that he should turn off the fan f V-Homework: -To study the exercises again -Ss write their homework Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 39: §¹i tõ quan hÖ A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand and know how to use the relative pronouns -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand and know how to use the relative pronouns and the exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss some questions: 1-How are you today? 2-Who’s absent today? Methods -Ss answer the questions II-Checking up the old lesson: -Ss listen and copy down the grammar III-New lesson: 1.Grammar: *Relative pronouns: a) Kh¸i niÖm: Đại từ quan hệ là từ đứng liền sau danh từ để thay cho danh từ đó làm chủ ngữ, tân ngữ, sở hữu cách hay tính từ sở hữu mệnh đề phía sau Danh từ đứng trớc đại từ quan hệ gọi lµ tiÒn vÞ b) Các đại từ quan hệ: DTđứng Chñ ng÷ tríc Ngêi who/that VËt T©n ng÷ Së h÷u Whom/that whose which/that Which/that whose/ of which c) Để kết hợp câu đơn thành câu ghép sử dụng đại từ quan hệ: -T×m tõ cã liªn quan víi (cïng chØ ngêi, vËt hoÆc sù viÖc) ë c©u -Xác định câu nào là mệnh đề quan hệ (thơngf là câu việc xảy trớc, câu sù viÖc ®ang diÔn ra, cã tÝnh l©u rµi hay hiÓn nhiªn) -Thay từ liên quan đại từ quan hệ tơng øng -Viết mệnh đề quan hệ có chứa đại từ quan hÖ sau tõ mµ nã thay thÕ 2-Practice: Exercise: Combine these pairs of sentences using who, which, whose: 1.The book is interesting You gave it to me yesterday 2.She is the girl She speaks English well 3.We saw some people Their car was broken 4.Do you know the man? He is talking to lan -Ss copy down the examples the teacher gives 1-This is the man He teaches me English => This is the man who teaches me English 2-She is a doctor I met her yesterday => She is a doctor whom I met yesterday 3-He met the girl Her eyes were blue => He met the girl whose eyes were blue 4-The books are interesting They are on the top of the shelf => The books which are on the top of the shelf are interesting 5-The dog is beautiful You see it in Lan’s house => The dog which you see in Lan’s house is beautiful 6-This is the table One of its legs has broken => This is the table one leg of which has broken 7-We crossed the river The current of the river was very rapid => We crossed the river, the current of which was very rapid *Answer key: 1.The book which you gave to me yesterday is interesting 2.She is the girl who speaks English well 3.We saw some people whose car was broken 4.Do you know the man who is 5.That is the picture I took it when I was in Da Lat He is a man My brother bought him a new bike Ba is my friend He has won the first prize That is Nam His father is a teacher I’ve just listened a song Ngoc Chau sang it 10 Do you like milk? I put it in my bag 11 The boy is my brother He can cook very well IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To study the grammar carefully -To make your own sentences using the relative pronouns talking to lan 5.That is the picture which I took when I was in Da Lat He is a man whom my brother bought a new bike Ba is my friend who has won the first prize That is Nam whose father is a teacher I’ve just listened a song which Ngoc Chau sang 10 Do you like milk which I put in my bag? 11 The boy who can cook very well is my brother -Ss remind the grammar they have learnt -Ss write homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 40: tr¹ng tõ quan hÖ A-The aims and the requests: -To continue helping Ss understand and know how to use relative adverbs -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand and know how to use relative adverbs more clearly and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: *Sử dụng đại từ quan hệ để nối hai câu sau: 1-The boy is reading a book He is Ba 2-I have just bought a new car It is over there -T gets feedback and gives marks to them III-New lesson: 1-Grammar: Relative adverbs +Where = in/ at which: dïng thay cho tiÒn ng÷ lµ tõ chØ n¬i chèn nh: city, village, house, school, place…… Ex: The house is large We live in the house => The house where/ in which we live is large +When = at/ on which: dïng thay cho tiÒn ng÷ lµ tõ chØ thêi gian nh: day, time, year, month…………… Ex: Sunday is a day I am the least busy on Sunday =>Sunday is the day when/ on which I am Methods -Ss answer the questions -Two Ss go to the board and the exercise -The rest them in their notebooks 1-The boy who is reading a book is Ba 2- I have just bought a new car which is over there -Ss listen to presentation the teacher’s -Ss write down the grammar -Ss can base on the grammar to the least busy +Why: Dïng tiÒn ng÷ lµ reason: Ex: This is the reason For the reason, I left early =>This is the reason why I left early combine pairs of sentences, using who, which, where or whose 2-Practice: Exercise1: Combine these pairs of sentences, using who, which, where or whose: a.He met many friends The friends encouraged him in his work b.He often tells me about his village He was born there c.Can you understand the question? He asked you the question last time d.The man is an engineer We play with his son everyday e.The city is very beautiful We spent our vacation in that city *Pairwork: *Answer key 1: Exercise 2: Fill in each blank with a suitable relative pronoun (Who, that, which, where, whose) a.She is the girl sits next to me in class b.That is the man daughter won the first prize in the contest c.We use the map my sister drew for us d.That is the place the accident occurred e.people _ fear flying avoid traveling by plane f.We couldn’t find the man _ car was blocking our driveway IV-Consolidation: T asks Ss : -How many relative adverbs are there? what are they? When they appear? V-Homework: -To learn the relative adverbs by heart a.He met many friends who encouraged him in his work b.He often tells me about his village where he was born c.Can you understand the question which he asked you last time? d.The man is an engineer whose son we play with everyday e.The city where we spent our vacation is very beautiful *Individually: *Answer key 2: a who b whose c which d where e who f whose -Ss answer the consolidation questions -Ss write their homework in their -To exercises again Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… notebooks Period 41: bµi tËp bæ trî A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss further practice in relative adverbs and relative pronouns -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: III-New lesson: Exercise1: Combine these pairs of sentences, using who, which, where or whose: a.Lan is my classmate She lives near my grandparents’ house b.The young man is talking to our teacher He is Ba’s brother c.We visited the monument It was built a hundred years ago d.The victims of the flood need help They were half-starved for many days e.The baby was still alive He was lifted and put down a hundred meters away by a tornado f.The weather forecast program takes place at p.m everyday Some people like to watch it g.Hoa’s parents buy a lot of candles and food They will use them in case the market is closed because of the hurricane h.Mr Phong is our geography teacher He Methods -Ss answer the questions *Pairwork: *Answer key 1: a.Lan who lives near my grandparents’ house is my classmate b.The young man who is talking to our teacher is Ba’s brother c.We visited the monument which was built a hundred years ago d.The victims of the flood who were half-starved for many days need help e.The baby who was lifted and put down a hundred meters away by a tornado was still alive f.The weather forecast program which some people like to watch takes place at p.m everyday g.Hoa’s parents buy a lot of candles and food which they will use in case the market is closed because of the hurricane h.Mr Phong who has been has been teaching in our school for ten years Exercise 2: Fill in each blank with a suitable relative pronoun (Who, that, which, where, whose) a.Last week, I went to Hue _is the ancient capital of Vietnam b.The woman lives next to us is a weathercaster on a local TV station c.The shoes _ I bought were made in Italy d.What’s the name of the lady _ was wearing the gold dress? e.Halong Bay, consists of hundreds of beautiful islands, is the world’s heritage f.The cat tail is long doesn’t belong to me g.Show me the place _ the ship sank h.Jack London wrote “The call of the wild”, is a famous American writer i.This is the house _he used to live J.Next summer holiday, our family will go to Dalat _my sister is living k.We will soon gather at the village the festival is taking place l.Do you know the name of the tourist _came and talked about New year in Canada? m I’m looking for a book _ tells about traditional festivals of Asian people n.I couldn’t go to the show _was held in Hoi An last summer o.This is the photo of the hero _our teacher talked about in the lecture p.My brother has told me about the festival _is held in Hue city every two years teaching in our school for ten years is our geography teacher ten years *Individually: *Answer key 2: a where b who c which d where e where f whose g.where h.who i.where j where k.where l.who m.which n.which o.who p.which IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To exercises again -Ss write their homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period42: bµi tËp bæ trî A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss continue further practice in relative adverbs and relative pronouns -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? Methods -Ss answer the questions II-Checking up the old lesson: III-New lesson: Exercise1: All of the following sentences contain errors in adjective clause atructures Correct the errors 1.I enjoyed the book that you told me to read it 2.Phong still remembers the man who he taught him to play the guitar when he was a boy 3.I don’t like to spend time with people which lose their tempers easily 4.She sits next to a person who his name is Nam 5.We don’t forget the typhoon which It swept through our village five years ago 6.One of the people which I admire most is my aunt 7.Football is the only sport in which I am interested in it 8.Mr Ba has some good advice for anyone *Pairwork: *Answer key 1: 1- bá it 2- bá he sau who 3-thay which = who 4-bá who his thay b»ng whose 5-bá it 6-thay which = whom 7-bá it 8- bá they thay b»ng who they want to learn a second language 9.Students who living on campus are close to their classrooms and the library 10.Uncle Ho was born in Lang sen that is a small village in Nam Dan, Nghe An 9-Thªm is vµo sau who 10-thay that = where *Individually: Exercise 2: Fill in each blank with a suitable relative pronoun (Who, that, which, where, whose) 1.I recently visited the school _ I used to study five years ago 2.I can’t understand the dance I saw at the festival last spring 3.I’m really interested in the present you gave me on my birthday 4.Have you seen the photos I took at the camp last week? 5.The man visited our school yesterday is a famous artist 6.The girl _ is standing over there is my younger sister 7.Mary works for a company makes toys for children 8.The supermarket was destroyed in the fire has now been rebuilt 9.The bus runs every twenty minutes goes to Tan Son Nhat airport 10.An Architect is someone designs buildings 11.I don’t like people _often tell lies 12.Alexander Bell was the man _invented the telephone 13.The sun is one of million of stars in the universe provides us with heat and light 14.The book _ you borrow yesterday is a present from my uncle on my 15th birthday IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: *Answer key 2: where which which which who who 7.where/ which 8.where/ which 9.which 10 who 11.who 12.who 13.which 14.which -To exercises again -Ss write their homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 43: Mệnh đề quan hệ A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the relative clauses -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the relative clauses more clearly and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? -Ss answer the questions II-Checking up the old lesson: -T calls Ss to bring their workbooks to check -T gets feedback and gives marks to them -5 Ss bring their workbooks to check III-New lesson: 1-Grammar: Relative clauses a.Kh¸i niÖm: -Mệnh đề quan hệ là mệnh đề đợc bắt đầu đại từ quan hệ và có vai trò bổ nghĩa cho danh từ đứng liền tríc nã Methods -Ss listen to presentation the teacher’s -Ss write down the grammar b.Ph©n lo¹i: *Có loại mệnh đề quan hệ: Mệnh đề quan hệ xác định Mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định -Lµ bé phËn thªm th«ng tin cho danh tõ đứng trớc -Lµ bé phËn g¾n bã cña c©u, thiếu nó câu không đủ nghĩa -Có thể bỏ đại từ quan hệ -Không đợc bỏ đại từ quan hệ -Có thể bỏ mệnh đề quan hệ -Mệnh đề phải đặt hai dấu phẩy -Không đợc sử dụng that -Tiền ngữ là d từ riêng, là đại từ định Ex1: Nguyen Du, who wrote the work “Kim Van Kieu”, is a great Viet nam poet Ex2: The boy who is standing next to Lan is my brother 2-Practice: Exercise: Read the information and complete the sentences Using a relative clause: a.Nam is very intelligent He learns in our class b.Minh is one of my best friends I have known her since we were at school c.The new stadium will be opened next week It can hold 120.000 people d.My mother works as an engineer She is an excellent cook e.His book became the best seller It was published last year f.Neil Armstrong lived in the USA He walked on the moon g.Quang plays the piano very well He lives next door h.Ha Long has grown into a big city over the past few years I visited the city last week IV-Consolidation: T asks Ss : -How many types of relative clauses are there? what are they? Distinguish between them? V-Homework: -To study the relative clauses again -To exercise again -Không thể bỏ mệnh đề quan hÖ -Kh«ng cã dÊu phÈy -§îc sö dông that -Ss copy down the sentences and explain the differences between them *Individually: a.Nam ,who learns in our class, is very intelligent b.Minh,who I have known since we were at school, is one of my best friends c.The new stadium, which can hold 120.000 people, will be opened next week d.My mother, who is an excellent cook, works as an engineer e.His book, which was published last year, became the best seller f.Neil Armstrong, who walked on the moon, lived in the USA g.Quang, who lives next door, plays the piano very well h.Ha Long, which I visited last week, has grown into a big city over the past few years -Ss answer the consolidation questions -Ss write their homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 44: Mệnh đề quan hệ A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss further practice in the relative clauses -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the relative clauses more clearly and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: -T calls Ss to bring their workbooks to check -T gets feedback and gives marks to them III-New lesson: Exercise 1: Choose the best answer 1-I have a meeting at eleven , so I’ll go home _eleven a-before b-at c-after 2-We _each other for a long time a-hava been knowing b-have known c-knew 3-If I had money, I a new car a-will buy b-would buy c-can buy 4-When I was small, I used to soccer Methods -Ss answer the questions -5 Ss bring their workbooks to check Exercise 1: Choose the best answer 1.c 2.b 3.b 4.a a-play b-playing c-played 5-This is the house _my father was born a-where b-which c-who 6-Miss Lam gave you a book , ? a-doesn’t she b-don’t she c-didn’t she 7-I think you should _harder a-learn b-to learn c-leaning 8-My friend is talking about the teacher _retired last year a-whom b-which c-who 9-This is the place _I was born a-which b-where c-that 10-I can’t tell you all _I heard a-which b-who c-that 5.a 6.c 7.a 8.c 9.b 10.a Exercise 2: Rewrite the sentences: 1- We don’t have a map We wish………………………… 2-I had Tam clean my car yesterday I had my car………………………… 3-We thanked to the man He sent me some money  We thanked ………………………… 4-I suggest that you should learn harder Why……………………………………? 5-The man and the dog are friendly They live near my house The man and ……………………… Exercise 2: Rewrite the sentences: 1- We wish we had a map 2- I had my car cleaned yesterday by Tam Exercise 3: give the correct form of these verbs 1-He advised me ( go ) out in the dark night 2-If I had enough money, I ( buy ) this car 3-You ( win ) the race if you try your best 4-I ( finish ) my homework since last night 5-What you ( ) at last night ? Exercise 3: give the correct form of these verbs 1.to go IV-Consolidation: T asks Ss : -How many types of relative clauses are there? what are they? Distinguish between 3-We thanked to the man who sent me some money 4-Why don’t you learn harder? 5-The man and the dog which live near my house are friendly 2.would buy 3.will win 4.have finished 5.did you -Ss answer the consolidation questions them? V-Homework: -To study the relative clauses again -To exercise again -Ss write their homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 45: bµi tËp bæ trî A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss further practice in the relative clauses -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: -T calls Ss to bring their workbooks to check -T gets feedback and gives marks to them III-New lesson: Exercise 1: join the sentences Use relative clauses: 1.He is a person He is trusted by all his friends 2.Yoko is a student He has taken the driving test three times 3.Bod is a kind of a person He is very good at learning foreign languages “Happy new year” is a song “Happy new year” is always sung on the New Year Day 5.On Women’s day, we gave our mother a Methods -Ss answer the questions -5 Ss bring their workbooks to check Exercise 1: 1.He is a person who is trusted by all his friends 2.Yoko is a student who has taken the driving test three times 3.Bod is a kind of a person who is very good at learning foreign languages “Happy new year” is a song which is always sung on the New Year Day 5.On Women’s day, we gave our mother a big bunch of flowers which are cut from the garden 6.I’m looking for a book which tells us big bunch of flowers The flowers are cut from the garden 6.I’m looking for a book The book tells us about life on other planets 7.My father works for a company The company makes cars 8.It seems that the Earth is the only planet The planet can support life 9.The train broke down twice on the way It arrived two hours late 10.I stopped in a small town My sister was working there 11.The book was rather difficult I gave him that book 12.The picture has been stolen You were talking about it about life on other planets 7.My father works for a company which makes cars 8.It seems that the Earth is the only planet which can support life 9.The train which broke down twice on the way arrived two hours late 10.I stopped in a small town where my sister was working 11.The book which I gave him was rather difficult 12.The picture which you were talking about has been stolen Exercise 2: Complete the sentences Choose the most appropriate ending from the box and make it into a relative clause: + they were taken at the Christmas party + he has dreamt of it for a long time + he used to live in my neighborhood some year ago + it is about to take place in the city + it is called Passover +it is celebrated in Viet Nam on the 15 th of August in a lunar year +it was displayed on the National Day +they are special Viet Namese food for the New Year +you bought it at the New Year Fair last week +they live in the Amazon jungle Exercise 2: a.On my friend’s birthday, we will give him a present _ b.We all like sticky rice cakes _ c.Jill is in a hurry because she does not want to miss the colorful parade d.People in Israel are going to celebrate their festival _ e.Do you know the name of a festival _? f.I really enjoyed the firework _ g.Today is the birthday of my friend h.This is an interesting book about special a.On my friend’s birthday, we will give him a present that he has dreamt of for a long time b.We all like sticky rice cakes which are special Vietnamese food for the New Year c.Jill is in a hurry because she does not want to miss the colorful parade which is about to take place in the city d.People in Israel are going to celebrate their festival which is called Passover e.Do you know the name of a festival which is celebrated in Viet Nam on the 15th of August in a lunar year? f.I really enjoyed the firework which was displayed on the National Day g.Today is the birthday of my friend who used to live in my neighborhood some year ago h.This is an interesting book about special celebrations of a tribe who live in the Amazon jungle i.Where are the photos which were taken at the Christmas party? j.Have you told Jim about the funny hat that bought it at the New Year Fair last week? celebrations of a tribe i.Where are the photos _? j.Have you told Jim about the funny hat _? IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To study the relative clauses again -To exercises again -Ss write their homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 45: mệnh đề trạng từ nhợng A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss understand the adverb clauses of concession -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to understand the adverb clauses of concession and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? Methods -Ss answer the questions II-Checking up the old lesson: -T calls Ss to bring their workbooks to check -T gets feedback -5 Ss bring their workbooks to check III-New lesson: 1-Grammar: *Adverb clauses of concession: even though though +Adv Clause of concession although -Ss look at the the form and join the sentences =>Cã thÓ rót gän: Despite + V-ing/ noun phrase In spite of Thu Ha is not satisfied with her preparations for Tet Thu Ha has decorated her house and made plenty of cakes - KÕt hîp c©u trªn thµnh mét -Chó ý: -C«ng thøc rót gän … +V-ing: dùng hai mệnh đề trùng chủ ngữ -C«ng thøc rót gän ………+ Noun phrase: dùng hai mệnh đề trùng chủ ngữ hoÆc kh«ng trïng chñ ng÷ +Trêng hîp rót gän: *Trïng chñ ng÷: Ex: He is ill but he goes to school =>Despite/ In spite of being ill, he goes to school =>In spite of/ Despite his illness, he goes to school *Kh«ng trïng chñ ng÷: Ex: The weather is bad but we go to the beach =>In spite of/ Despite the bad weather, we go to the beach 2-Practice: *Complete the following sentences with your own words: a.Although my mon can sing very well, b.Although I can’t sing English songs c.Sue didn’t come to my birthday party last Sunday though _ d.Although we don’t have a special day to celebrate our father or mother in Viet Nam, e.Although my school is far from the city, many students _ f.We really enjoyed the trip to the museum last week though g.Although my sister can draw very beautifully, she _ h.Although the children love going to birthday parties, their parents i.I have to cancel the trip to Ha Long Bay this summer although j.Although my father has promised to give me a special present on my next birthday, c©u dïng tõ nèi: even though -> Thu Ha is not satisfied with her preparations for Tet even though She has decorated her house and made plenty of cakes -Ss copy down the examples in their notebooks *Answer key: a………….,she has never sung a song in public b.Although I can speak English very well,………… c……….though she wasn’t busy d…… ,we have special gifts and parties for my mom every year on the 8th of March e…… , many students like studying there f……….though we had some troubles g…… , she can’t become a painter h……., their parents don’t allow them i……….although I bought a ticket j………., my mother doesn’t promise anything my mother IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To study the adverb concession -To exercises again clauses of -Ss write their homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 36: mệnh đề trạng từ nhợng A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss futher practice in the adverb clauses of concession -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: -T calls Ss to bring their workbooks to check -T gets feedback III-New lesson: Exercise 1: Join the sentences, using although/ eventhough/ though: 1.The traffic was bad yesterday I arrived at the meeting on time 2.She didn’t get the job She had all the necessary qualifications 3.We prepared our plan very carefully A lot of things went wrong Methods -Ss answer the questions -5 Ss bring their workbooks to check Exercise 1: Answer key Pairwork 1.Although the traffic was bad yesterday, I arrived at the meeting on time 2.She didn’t get the job though she had all the necessary qualifications 3.Although we prepared our plan 4.I had a raincoat I got wet in the rain _ 5.He got up very early He got to the station late 6.I was really tired I managed to finish all the work 7.The heating was on The room wasn’t warm 8.I didn’t recognize her I had met her twice before 9.It rained a lot We enjoyed our holiday 10.My sister failed her driving test She practiced for a long time Exercise 2: Multiple choice: 1.They decided to go out _it rained heavily a.but b.and c.although 2.They stayed up late for watching TV _ they had to go to school in the morning the next day a.even though b.but c.and 3. _ Lan practises speaking English everyday, she feels shy and timid when meeting the foreigners a.And b.But c.Though 4. the teacher reminded her not to talk so much in class, she kept on doing that a.Although b.But c.And 5. the weather was so bad, they set off for their trip a.Although b but c.And 6.Her father enjoys films her mother is fond of plays a.although b.but c.and 7.Lan wanted to watch the parade in Hanoi on the Independence Day _ she wasn’t there then a.but b.therefore c.though very carefully, a lot of things went wrong 4.Even though I had a raincoat, I got wet in the rain 5.Although he got up very early, He got to the station late 6.Even though I was really tired, I managed to finish all the work 7.Although the heating was on, the room wasn’t warm 8.I didn’t recognize her though I had met her twice before 9.Though it rained a lot, we enjoyed our holiday 10.My sister failed her driving test although she practiced for a long time Exercise 2: Answer key Individually 1.c 2.a 3.c 4.a 5.a 6.b 7.a 8.a 8.The students wanted to continue their work it got darker and darker a.although b.but c.and IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To study the adverb clauses of -Ss write their homework in their concession notebooks -To exercises again Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 37: Bµi tËp bæ trî A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss futher practice in the adverb clauses of concession -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: -T calls Ss to bring their workbooks to check -T gets feedback III-New lesson: Exercise 1:Complete the sentences, using although + a clause from the box: - It rained a lot - I was very tired - I didn’t speak the language - he had all the necessary qualifications - It was quite cold - I had met her twice before - he has a very important job Methods -Ss answer the questions -5 Ss bring their workbooks to check Exercise 1: answer key Pairwork 1.Although he has a very important job, he isn’t particularly well-paid 2.Although I didn’t speak the language , I managed to make myself understood - we don’t like them very much - the heating was on - We have known each other for a long time 1…… , he isn’t particularly well-paid 2…… , I managed to make myself understood 3.she wasn’t wearing a coat,…………… 4.We thought we’d better invite them to the party………………………… 5………………, the room wasn’t warm 6.I didn’t recognize her………………… 7.I couldn’t sleep……………………… 8…………………., we enjoyed our holiday 9.My brother didn’t get the job………… 10.We are not very good friends………… Exercise 2: Read the first sentences, then complete the second sentence with the same meaning: 1.Although his leg was broken, he managed to get out of the car =>In spite 2.It may rain on your way home, so take a raincoat with you =>In case 3.That man used to work with me when I lived in New York =>That’s 4.The storm destroyed the town completely =>The town 5.Despite his age, Mr Thanh runs five kilometers every morning =>Even 6.Although it is raining, I go to the beach =>Despite 7.In spite of her broken leg, She goes to work on time =>Even though 8.Lan sent a letter to her friend yesterday =>A letter _ 3.she wasn’t wearing a coat although it was quite cold 4.We thought we’d better invite them to the party although we don’t like them very much 5Although the heating was on, the room wasn’t warm 6.I didn’t recognize her although I had met her twice before 7.I couldn’t sleep although I was very tired 8.Although it rained a lot , we enjoyed our holiday 9.My brother didn’t get the job although he had all the necessary qualifications 10.We are not very good friends although we have known each other for a long time Exercise 2: Individually 1.In spite of his broken leg/ having a broken leg, he managed to get out of the car 2.In case it rains on your way home, take a raincoat with you 3.That’s the man who used to work with me when I lived in New York 4.The town was destroyed completely by the storm 5.Even though he is old, Mr Thanh runs five kilometers every morning 6.Despite the rain, I go to the beach 7.Even though her leg is broken, She goes to work on time 8.A letter was sent to her friend yesterday by Lan 9.That is the man He is my teacher =>That’s 10.The book is on the shelf It is interesting =>The book 9.That’s the man who is my teacher 10.The book which is on the shelf is interesting IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To study the adverb clauses of -Ss write their homework in their concession notebooks -To exercises again Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 38: «n tËp A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss consolidate about adjectives, adverbs, conditional sentences, suggestions and connectives -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to consolidate the grammar they have learnt and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? II-Checking up the old lesson: -T calls Ss to bring their workbooks to check -T gets feedback III-New lesson: *Adjectives and adverbs: *Ghi nhí: tÝnh – danh động - trạng Tính từ theo sau động từ liên kết Methods -Ss answer the questions -5 Ss bring their workbooks to check Examples: *Adjectives and adverbs: 1- He’s a good student 2-He looks sad 3- He works carefully *Conditional sentences: 1-C©u ®iÒu kiÖn lo¹i 1: cã thÓ x¶y t¬ng lai *C«ng thøc : Mệnh đề phụ , Mệnh đề chính IF + S + V-ht…, S + Will + V-nd… 2-C©u ®iÒu kiÖn lo¹i 2: ®iÒu kiÖn kh«ng cã thËt ë hiÖn t¹i *C«ng thøc: IF + S + V-qk…., S + would/ could + V-nd… +T×nh huèng thËt: Tom doesn’t get good marks in Math because he is very lazy Gi¶ thiÕt: If Tom were more hard-working, he could get good marks in Math *C¸c tõ nèi thêng dïng: (Connectives) +and : dùng để thêm thông tin bổ sung +or : DiÔn t¶ sù lùa chän, thêng ë d¹ng c©u hái +but: nèi ý t¬ng ph¶n +So/ therefore: DiÔn t¶ hËu qu¶, Therefore: cã thể đứng sau dấu chấm, dấu phẩy, dấu hai chÊm hoÆc sau chñ ng÷ +However: nhiªn = But : DiÔn t¶ sù t¬ng phản, nhng luôn dùng để nối mệnh đề *Making suggestions: *Khi muốn đề nghị, gợi ý làm gì ta có c¸ch sau: Let’s Shall + we Why + don’t + we + V-nd I think we + should S1 + suggest + (that) + S2 + should It would be better if + S How about/ what about + N/ V-ing……….? S + suggest + V-ing…………… *Để trả lời câu đề nghị, chúng ta dùng: a.§ång ý: b.Không đồng ý: -Yes, let’s -No, let’s not -OK Good idea -No I don’t want to *Conditional sentences: 1-If you study hard, you will pass the exam = You will pass the exam if you study hard 2- If I had wings, I would fly If I were a bird, I would be a white dove *Connectives: +He is handsome and generous (adj + adj) +Do you study English or history ? +He is fat but his brother is thin +He is busy, so he can’t help you = He is busy.Therefore, he can’t help you +He is 70 However, he’s still active *Making suggestions: 1-Let’s go swimming 2-Shall we eat out this evening? 3-How about going out for dinner? 4-Why don’t we go to the movies? 5-I suggest going swimming 6-I suggest that you should save money 7-I think we should turn off the lights before going out 8-It would be better if you study harder -Great Go ahead -That’s a good idea -I don’t think it’s a good idea IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To study the teaching points above carefully -Ss write their homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n:……… Ngµy d¹y:……… Period 39: «n tËp A-The aims and the requests: -To help Ss consolidate about relative pronouns, relative clauses and adverb clauses of concession -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to consolidate the grammar they have learnt and exercises well B-Preparation: posters C-Procedures: Contents I-Organization and warm up: T asks Ss: How are you today? Who’s absent today? Methods -Ss answer the questions II-Checking up the old lesson: -T calls Ss to bring their workbooks to check -T gets feedback -5 Ss bring their workbooks to check Examples: III-New lesson: *Relative pronouns: DTđứng tríc Ngêi Chñ ng÷ T©n ng÷ Së h÷u who/that whom/that Whose VËt which/that which/that whose/ of which * Để kết hợp câu đơn thành câu ghép sử dụng đại từ quan hệ: *Relative pronouns: 1-This is the man He teaches me English => This is the man who teaches me English 2-She is a doctor I met her yesterday => She is a doctor whom I met yesterday 3-He met the girl Her eyes were blue => He met the girl whose eyes were blue -T×m tõ cã liªn quan víi (cïng chØ ngêi, vËt hoÆc sù viÖc) ë c©u -Xác định câu nào là mệnh đề quan hệ (thơng là câu việc xảy trớc, câu viÖc ®ang diÔn ra, cã tÝnh l©u rµi hay hiÓn nhiªn) -Thay từ liên quan đại từ quan hệ tơng ứng -Viết mệnh đề quan hệ có chứa đại từ quan hệ sau tõ mµ nã thay thÕ *Relative adverbs +Where = in/ at which: dïng thay cho tiÒn ng÷ lµ tõ chØ n¬i chèn nh: city, village, house, school, place…… +When = at/ on which: dïng thay cho tiÒn ng÷ lµ tõ chØ thêi gian nh: day, time, year, month…………… +Why: Dïng tiÒn ng÷ lµ reason: *Adverb clauses of concession: Even though Though + Adv Clause of concession Although =>Cã thÓ rót gän: Despite + V-ing/ noun phrase In spite of -Chó ý: -C«ng thøc rót gän … +V-ing: dïng hai mệnh đề trùng chủ ngữ -C«ng thøc rót gän ………+ Noun phrase: dïng hai mệnh đề trùng chủ ngữ không trïng chñ ng÷ 4-The books are interesting They are on the top of the shelf => The books which are on the top of the shelf are interesting 5-The dog is beautiful You see it in Lan’s house => The dog which you see in Lan’s house is beautiful 6-This is the table One of its legs has broken => This is the table one leg of which has broken 7-We crossed the river The current of the river was very rapid => We crossed the river, the current of which was very rapid *Relative adverbs +The house is large We live in the house => The house where/ in which we live is large +Sunday is a day I am the least busy on Sunday =>Sunday is the day when/ on which I am the least busy +This is the reason For the reason, I left early =>This is the reason why I left early *Adverb clauses of concession: *Trïng chñ ng÷: Ex: He is ill but he goes to school =>Despite/ In spite of being ill, he goes to school =>In spite of/ Despite his illness, he goes to school *Kh«ng trïng chñ ng÷: Ex: The weather is bad but we go to the beach =>In spite of/ Despite the bad weather, we go to the beach *Relative clauses: *Có loại mệnh đề quan hệ: Mệnh đề quan hệ xác định Mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định -Là phận thêm thông tin cho danh từ đứng trớc -Lµ bé phËn g¾n bã cña c©u, thiÕu nó câu không đủ nghĩa -Có thể bỏ đại từ quan hệ -Không đợc bỏ đại từ quan hệ -Có thể bỏ mệnh đề quan hệ -Mệnh đề phải đặt hai dấu phẩy -Không đợc sử dụng that -Tiền ngữ là d từ riêng, là đại từ định -Không thể bỏ mệnh đề quan hệ -Kh«ng cã dÊu phÈy -§îc sö dông that Ex1: Nguyen Du, who wrote the work “Kim Van Kieu”, is a great Viet nam poet Ex2: The boy who is standing next to Lan is my brother IV-Consolidation: -Teaching points V-Homework: -To study the teaching points above carefully -Ss write their homework in their notebooks Ngµy so¹n: Ngµy d¹y : Period 40: English written test (45’) A-The aims and the requests: -To check Ss’ knowledge ( vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing skills) -To guide Ss to know how to a test -By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to the exercises well B-Preparation: posters or test in photocopy C-Procedures: -Phát đề cho học sinh -Yêu cầu học sinh xem đề có thắc mắc gì không? -Híng dÉn häc sinh c¸ch lµm bµi -Coi kiÓm tra nghiªm tóc -Thu bµi §Ò kiÓm tra I Choose the best answer I don’t know how .it a-play b- to play c-playing I hope my friends won’t laugh .me a-in b-for c-at Typhoon, cyclone, and hurricane mean “ ” a-big wind b-heavy rain c- tidal wave Tornadoes are .-shaped storms a-house b-funnel c-ball This is my bag I bought it yesterday a-which b- who c- where II Give the correct form of these verbs If we go on (pollute)the water ,we’llhave no fresh water to use 2I’m sorry that I(break)your bike yesterday What you (do) if you saw a snake here? IIIGive the correct form of these words My farther is a good He drives very .(drive/ care) 2Lan is the .student in my class,she studies very (good) IVRewrite the sentence I sugess going out tonight =>Let’s I’m tired I stayed up late watching TV lasr night =>Because of I think you should speak English in class =>How about ? This is my book It is on the table =>This is That is the man I told him yesterday =>That is V Fill in the gaps(a word for each gap) I’m very worried because people are using electricity to catch .in the lake near my house.A lot of fish even birds also died .electric shock wave I think the local authorities will .4 .heavily anyone who .5 .fish in this way The end